(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG 

1996-1997 




Lebanon Valley College 

of Pennsylvania 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley199697leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Non-traditional Credit 13 

Grading System 14 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 19 

General Education 19 

Honors Program 22 

Cooperative Programs 24 

Pre-Professional Programs 25 

Individualized Major 26 

General Studies 26 

Internships 26 

Independent Study 27 

Tutorial Study 27 

Special Topics Courses 28 

Study Abroad 28 

Special Programs 28 

Undergraduate Departments 29 

Graduate Academic Programs 126 

Directory 133 

Board of Trustees 133 

Administration 137 

Faculty 144 

Support Staff -. 157 

Awards 158 

Accreditation 159 

Campus Map 160 

Phone Numbers 163 

1996- 1997 Academic Calendar 164 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE ^ 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. "^ 

Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. ^ 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year CZ 

comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. ^ 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of f^ 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration. 

r^ 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, applied computer 

science, biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, economics, elemen- >*- 

tary education, English, French, German, health care management, history, hotel management, f^ 
international business, mathematics, music, music education, music technology, philosophy, 

physics, political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. ^-^ 

Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in coopera- ^-^ 

tion with Thomas Jejferson University: cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging, ^ 
nursing, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with University ofPennsyl- 

vania, Case Western Resen'e University, and Widener University: engineering; in cooperation ^^ 

with Duke University: forestry, environmental sciences; in cooperation with approved ^^ 

hospitals: medical technology. ^^ 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, college honors program, independent ,^ 

study, individualized majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Washington semester ^^ 

program. ^ 

Number of faculty: 77; of the permanent faculty 78 percent have earned a Ph.D. or s^ 

equivalent terminal degree. a^ 

Student-faculty ratio: 16: 1, with an average class size of 20. ^-^ 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located -^ 

in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; ^ 

Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. ^«^ 

Size of campus: 30 buildings. The library contains over 172,u00 catalog items, and the '^ 

college's five student computer labs house 150 personal computers. The sports center is ^ 
nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: Thirteen residence halls housing 915 students in male, female and coed ^,^ 

facilities. ^~' 

Student enrollment: 1 163 full-time undergraduate students, with 507 part-time under- "^ 

graduates and 214 graduate students. ^ 

Student financial aid: approximately 83 percent receive financial aid. Total financial aid in s«, 

the form of LVC grant and academic scholarships for 1996 was $5,864,909. The average ^^ 

grant and scholarship totaled $6,239. ^ 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its 
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of 
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we seek 
to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and 
values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse, and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students 
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to 
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and 
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences 
among human beings. 



Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring 
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting 
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the interrelat- 
edness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of wisdom, that 
is the capacity of judging rightly in manners of life and conduct, and a life-long love of 
learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience. 

The motto of the college is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free" 

(John 8:32). 




President G. David Pollick meets with students for an informal discussion. 

3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION ^ 

Admission For Full Time Students C 

High School Preparation f^ 
All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an 

accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 units, ^-^ 

4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 in social ^ 

studies. ^ 

Application Procedure ^ 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed application ^ 

form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test results ■* 

and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon ^ 

Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work. ^ 

All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for '^ 

admission into music, music education or music recording technology programs are required ^ 

to audition on campus; audition applications are available from the Admission Office. For ^-^ 

further information contact: '^ 

>^ 

Admission Office *^ 

Lebanon Valley College >^ 

101 North College Avenue ^ 

Annville, PA 17003-0501 ^ 

Phone: (717) 867-6181 or (800) 445-6181 (^ 

FAX.- (717) 867-6026 ^ 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu -^ 

E-mail: admiss@lvc.edu ^ 
Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior to ^* 

the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to make '^ 

special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be ^ 

processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office. "• 

Refund Policy ^ 

Full-time students withdrawing from the school will receive a refund prorated according to ^^ 

the following schedule: ^ 

Time Period Refund ^ 

During the first week of classes 100% i^ 

During the second week of classes 90% ^.^ 

During the third and fourth week of classes 50% ^ 

During the fifth through eighth week of classes 25% ^ 



After the eighth week of classes NO REFUND 

Comprehensive Fee: non-refundable 
Room charges: non-refundable 
Board charges: prorated refund 

A $100 Administrative Fee will be assessed for withdrawals after the first week of class. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing Educa- 
tion Office. 

Refund Policy During First Semester 

A student who is attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time will receive a refund 
according to the federal policy established by the Higher Education Amendments of 1992. 
The pro-rata refund policy applies to new students whose date of withdraw is within the first 
60 percent of the semester for which the student has been billed. This refund policy allows 
for a refund of tuition, fees, room and board for the portion of the semester for which the 
student has been charged that remains in this period but for which the student will not be 
enrolled. A copy of the federal pro-rata refund policy is on file in the Financial Aid Office. 

Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring other 
options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. Two agents have been appointed 
to process deferred payment applications: 

Knight College Resource Group EduServ Tuition Installment Plan 

855 Boylston Street EduServ Technologies. Inc. 

Boston, MA 021 16 P.O. Box 3011 

Phone: 1-800-225-6783 Winston-Salem, NC 27102-301 1 

Phone: 1-800-851-4770 

The college has no financial interest in either of these plans and offers them as a convenience 
to students and parents. 

Continuing Education Office 
Students may enroll part-time at Lebanon Valley College through Continuing Education. 
Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for - 11 credit hours per semester. 
The Continuing Education Office offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate. 
baccalaureate, and diploma. Certificates are starter programs that approximate the beginning 
of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on for an associate 
or bachelor's degree. Diploma programs are intended for persons who have already been 
awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some 
depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already ha\e recei\ed a 
bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college or university. 




Meeting with a continuing education counselor is required 
prior to registering for courses. 



In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the second degree or 
a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evenings, weekend and 
summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and through our Lancaster Center on the 
Franklin & Marshall College Campus. The Continuing Education Office publishes course 
schedules for the fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or 
get detailed information on all academic programs for adults call 7 17-867-62 1 3 in Annville 
or 717-399^419 in Lancaster or write Continuing Education Office, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-0501. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education degree 
programs must submit a completed application form with the required application fee. An 
official high school transcript is required if students have less than 24 semester hours of 
transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit 
official transcripts of any completed college or university courses. Official transcripts 
relating to military or business courses also may prove to be useful. Although students may 
begin taking classes before they have been accepted, they must speak with a counselor before 
registering for courses. To arrange an admission interview with a counselor call 717-867- 
62 1 3 in Annville or 7 1 7-399^4 1 9 in Lancaster. Decisions on all adult student applications 
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary 
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the college expects that the conduct 
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The college has the right to require 
the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the institution. 
The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a contract 
between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to change these regulations 
and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but wherever 
possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the time of his/ 
her entrance at the college. 

Degrees 
Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students 
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics, 
Enghsh, French, German, history, music, philosophy, pohtical science, psychology, religion, 
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major programs: 
accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration, chemistry, 
computer information systems, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative 
forestry, elementary education, health care management, hotel management, international 
business, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, and certain individualized 
majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and 
Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students completing 
requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of 
Science degree in accounting, general studies or management, or the Associate of Arts degree 
in general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides 
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of their 
records, and the right to confidentiality of their records. 

The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and. in the case of 
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The 
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students" records to report on 
social and academic accomplishments. 



Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights and ^ 

Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, "^ 

was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students ^ 

to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of ^ 

inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the '^ 

right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) ^ 

concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. ^^ 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with '^ 

the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: Office ^ 

of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. The policy '^ 

is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also maintain a '^ 

Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students by this ^ 

institution. -^ 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the ^ 

Registrar's Office. "^ 

Credit Hours S 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit designation ^ 

approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A course requiring "^ 

three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours. Credit for laboratories ^^, 

is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate. — 

Graduation Requirements >^ 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 1 20 credit hours including ^ 

the requirements for the general education program (see page 19), and the requirements for ^ 

majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three separate categories: ^»' 

general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. ^ 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected ^^^ 

from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education ^ 

requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one _ 

physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season >»■ 

of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. ^ 

Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. ^ 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including the ^^ 
course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours toward the 

degree must be in residence. sw 

C 

Candidates lOr a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a major 

grade point average of 2.00. >*•- 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students in 

all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. >— 



The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work. 

Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general 
education requirements. 

Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 36 
taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the college's programs 
qualify as work done in residence. 

Advising Program 
Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration procedures, 
course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is required to obtain 
the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of pass/fail 
option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by approval 
of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration 
periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
adviser and permission of the registrar. Audited courses are counted in determining the 
course load, but music organizations are not. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be enrolled in the 
Honors Program, or be a senior. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit 
hour beyond 17 (not counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 
Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 28, 
56, or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Transfer Credit 
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited institution 
shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student must 
provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other institution 
or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- ( 1 .67) or better and the work is 
equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus transferred 
count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 



c: 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited college ,^»^ 

can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended institution. ^^ 

Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received a D shall not ^^ 

be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. f^ 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full acceptance <^^ 

of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate has followed ^^^ 

a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs of the college ^^ 

and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be accepted for an ^^^ 

associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 credit hours will ^-^ 

be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. ''^'* 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree within ^ -* 

two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the nature of the "^ 

previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will normally be ,^ 

notified at the time of admission. ^ 

Discontinuance of Courses s^ 

The college reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. ^ 

Registration and Pre registration ^-^ 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. Preference ^ 

is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration in courses ^ 

required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the designated times ''^ 

shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after the opening of ^ 

the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. ^ 

On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they have '^ 

a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during the ^ 

second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the time they W^ 

have completed 60 credit hours. r, 

Change of Registration ^^ 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, changes ^ 

from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. In most ^ 

instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been in session ^"^ 

for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw from a course ^ 

during the first ten (10) weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen may ^ 

withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with permission ""^ 

of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's request after ;^ 

Add/Drop Day. ^ 

Auditing Courses C 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser. Audited '— 

10 ^ 



courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours which may 
result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, but the registrar 
will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A change of registration 
from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished by the end of the tenth week 
of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to two 
courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only six such 
courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by students to 
be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general education program, 
the major(s), the minor(s), and secondary education certification. A student may select or 
cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with 
honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. 

Repetition of Courses 
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, subject 
to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by the college 
at the Annville campus and/or the Lancaster center or Pennsylvania School of Art & Design 
in Lancaster. Semester hours credit are given only once. The grade received each time taken 
is computed in the semester grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours 
credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the semester 
hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed P/F. the grade received in the 
subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains 
on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses concur- 
rently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar. 

External Summer Courses 
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses taken 
during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of his or her 
adviser and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course, 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations shall 
make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. Upon the recommendation of 
the instructor and the approval of the registrar a grade of W will be assigned during the first 
10 weeks of the semester, and an F will be assigned after that date. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

11 



In-Absentia ^ 

The college treats students in domestic or foreign study programs and in the Washington ^ 

Semester Program as students-in-absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or -^ 

academic year at another institution but with the intent of returning to the college is ^ 

considered a matriculated student. A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the ^ 

form in the registrar's office and secure the approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean -^^ 

of international programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign- ^ 

up after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. ^ 

Leave of Absence '^ 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a voluntary ^ 

leave from the college for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave should "^ 

complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the senior vice ^ 

president and dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and ,^ 

retain their status for registration or room sign-up. Students on leave will receive information '^ 

on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The college reserves the right to ^ 

require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it is deemed reasonably necessary ^ 

to protect the student, other students, members of the college community, or the interests of ^^ 

the college itself. Before a student returns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance ^ 

interview with one of the counseling psychologists, the dean of students or the senior vice ^ 

president and dean of the faculty as well as additional documentation may be required. ^^ 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission ^ 

To withdraw from college a student must complete an official withdrawal form obtained from ^*' 

the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official withdrawal form n», 

obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student requires written -- 

permission from the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. ^^ 

Advanced Placement Q_ 

Advanced placement with credit for appropriate courses shall be granted to entering students ^ 

who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. For scores "• 

of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department. Advanced placement ^ 

without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests of the College Board ^ 

examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined by the registrar and by the ^^ 

chairperson of the department. (^ 

Second Bachelor's Degrees ^ 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another C^ 

accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the /-^ 

following requirements: ^^ 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at ,*- 
Lebanon Valley. ^ 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satisfactorily. _ 

r- 

12 ^ 



3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used to 
satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second degree 
program. 

5 . No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 44 1 ) may 
be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet any 
Lebanon Valley general education requirements. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non- 
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit 
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students 
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits 
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate' s degree through 
non-traditional means (experiential credit, advanced placement, CLEP, challenge exams). 

Challenge Exams Policy 
Only the courses listed in the college curriculum may be challenged for credit. Full-time 
students should request challenge examinations through their academic advisers. Part-time 
students and those students enrolled through the continuing education program should make 
application of challenge exams through the Continuing Education Office. All requests must 
be approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is 
listed. 

Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area and 
are graded Pass/Fail. The grading criteria for passing a challenge exam shall be determined 
by each department. There is a fee for each challenge examination. This fee is for preparation 
and grading of the examination and is charged without regard to the test results. Challenge 
exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a course equivalent to 
or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting credit by examination. 
Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring credit for a course previously 
failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, independent study, and courses 
with required laboratory components are not subject to credit by examination. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the college. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on 
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department 
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a 
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination. 

13 



A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination ; of these credits , only three /^ 

may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit shall be ^ 

granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. Normally, ^ 

requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student has completed ^ 

30 credits. ^ 

Credit for Life Experience Policy ^ 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit for ^ 

knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the college curriculum. ^ 

The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in the college -^ 

curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive knowledge in '^ 

the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such credit may petition ^ 

the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students enrolled in the -» 

Continuing Education program must petition through the Continuing Education Office. This ^' 
petition must: 

(1) detail the relevant experience in question ^ 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent college course by department and number ^ 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. ^' 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the Continuing ^ 

Education Office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for ^ 
evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the ^^ 

signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior ^ 

vice president and dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled ^ 

through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the ^ 
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the senior vice 

president and dean of the faculty. ^» 

Expenential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot exceed ^ 

a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program. ^» 

w 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages ^ 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and ^*' 

standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in a C^ 

course, students receive the following quality points: ,-»- 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


L33 


D 


LOO 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



14 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade point 
averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality points by 
the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a major 
grade point average of 2.00. Only grades in courses taken at Lebanon Valley College, the 
Lebanon Valley College in Cologne Program; Wollongong University, Australia; Monash 
University, Australia; Regents College, London; Anglia Polytechnic University, England; 
Lancaster University, England; The Athens Centre, Greece; Universite de Montpellier, 
France; Universidad de Salamanca, Spain; and the Washington Semester Program are used 
to determine grade point averages. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1 , 1 989 must meet graduation 
requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students and 
continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation require- 
ments by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 grade point 
average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work is 
incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed 
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals for 
an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester. 
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for 
first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physical 
education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the instructor 
and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact the instructor 
at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course in question. 

Grades are sent to the parents and/or guardians of full-time students who meet the Internal 
Revenue Service regulations for dependent status. Independent full-time students must 
notify the registrar and provide adequate documentation of their status. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 
The Dean 's List 

Students achieving a 3 .40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 1 2 credit hours 
for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List by 
meeting the following terms: 



15 



(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs ^ 

(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours *' 

(3) must 'achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40. ^ 

Graduation Honors "" 

After completing a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence work a student may qualify for ^ 

graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for grade point ^ 

averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, and Cum "* 

Laude for grade point averages of 3.40- 3.59. >- 

Departmental Honors ^ 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the junior '- 

and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the appropriate ^ 
department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are a cumulative 

GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation; a written thesis; ^ 

an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time members of the ^ 
department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing under the 

supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A maximum of ^ 

nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. ^~ 

Phi Alpha Epsilon ^ 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3 .50 or higher are eligible for induction into ^ 

Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence ^ 

work. ^ 

Academic Dishonesty ^ 

Smdents are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty ^^ 

shall not be tolerated. ;^ 

For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from the "^ 

course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student ^ 

by the senior vice president and dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further ^ 

offenses, and the right of appeal. "^ 

For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the dean shall so inform the ^ 

faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty "^ 

has the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the college. ^ 

For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the college are mandatory. "^ 

The senior vice president and dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination ,^^ 

of whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic "^ 

dishonesty "offenses" as above. '^ 

Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty member ^-, 

16 ^ 



to the senior vice president and dean of the facuhy. The dean shall retain the information for 
at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the college. Information and evidence 
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the college. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the senior 
vice president and dean of the faculty, who will serve as final arbiter. 

Probation and Suspension 
Students can be placed on academic probation, suspended or dismissed if their academic 
standing fails to come up to the grade point average shown in the following table: 



Semester 




Suspension or 


Hours 


Probation 


Dismissal 


1-18 


1.50 




19-36 


1.60 


1.50 cumulative 


37-54 


1.70 




55-72 


1.80 


1.70 cumulative 


73-90 


1.90 




91 or more 


2.00 


1.90 cumulative 



A student placed on academic probation is notified of such status by the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty and informed of the college regulations governing probationers. 
Students on probation are expected to regulate their work and their time in a most determined 
effort to bring their performances up to the required standard. A student on probation who 
desires to begin a new activity or continue in an activity already begun, shall submit an appeal 
to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty. After consultation with the student's 
major adviser and parents, the senior vice president and dean of the faculty will render a 
binding decision. 

A student suspended for academic reasons normally is not eligible for reinstatement for one 
semester. A student seeking reinstatement must petition in writing to the senior vice president 
and dean of the faculty. 

A student twice suspended shall be considered for readmission only after completing 
appropriate academic work at an accredited college. 

Veterans ' Senices 
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment to the 
registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will then 
submit certification to the Veterans Administration. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete the 
appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the Veterans 
Administration. 



17 



r 



Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two consecu- 
tive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with 
questions about the college or their status with the college should contact the registrar. 

Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges 
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Servicemember's 
Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post secondary 
education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon Valley College 
recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed itself to easing the 
transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency requirements, and crediting 
learning from appropriate military training and experiences. 

Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students 
Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: students 
with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or Lebanon 
Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must present 
official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the registrar. The 
Education Department, the registrar and the appropriate academic department shall evaluate 
the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall be charged for this 
service. 




Small classes ensure one-on-one interaction with faculty. 

18 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 
Through the General Education Program the college most directly expresses its commitment 
to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The program has four 
components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and disciplinary perspectives. 
This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, skilled in communica- 
tion, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant and able to continue to learn in a rapidly 
changing world. 

The General Education Program aims to help students: 

• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis; 

• practice clear and effective communication; 

• learn methods essential for study and research; 

• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines; 

• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments; 

• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own; 

• integrate different ways of learning and understanding. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 
Electronic Information Proficiency 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life. 
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities 
to practice and refine them throughout the student's college career. 

English Communication. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the related 
skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing, and bibliographic access through 
database searching. 

Requirement: ENG 111/112. 

Writing Requirement. In addition to English communication, students must complete three 
courses designated Writing Intensive preferably during the sophomore, junior and senior 
years. In these courses faculty will also teach writing and will make evaluation of writing 
quality an important factor in the course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 



19 



Approved: AMS 253; BIO 103, 307, 312, 322; BUS 230, 420, 425, 480, 485; CHM 222, - 

321, 322; ECN 312, 321, 332, 401, 411; ELM 361, 499; ENG 213, 221, 222, ' 

225,226, 310,315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GPY \ 

212; GMN 400-419, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 225, 226, 227, 253, 321,322,325, ► 

326; HON 204, 500; LSP 350; MRT 371,372;MSC120,334;PHL215,300, " 

301-335,336,349;PHY328;PSC220;PSY210,321, 335,339,343,443; REL ', 

311,312, 322, 337, 342; SOC 322, 324, 33 1, 333, 362, 382; SPA 310, 410, 420, ^ 
430, 440, 450, 460. 

Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. - 
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English 

Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access ^ 

and retrieval as appropriate. -^ 

Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. ^ 

Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area. -^ 

Group I Group II Group III "^ 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art ^^ 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy ^ 

Courses in this component provide breadth by introducing fundamental concepts, methods, >^ 

and content in disciplines essential to a liberal education. '^ 

Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. w^ 

^- 
Group I 

Area 1 : History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of the ^p^ 

principal developments in European and American history. --^ 

Approved: AMS 111; HIS 101, 102, 111, 112, 125, 126. C* 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 

organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships ^w 

among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories ^ 
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evaluate, 

integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. w^ 

Approved: ECN 100, 101; HON 202; PSC 1 11, 1 12, 130; PSY 100; SOC 110, 120. ^ 

Group II ^^— ' 
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, develop 

an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the practice of >», 

science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and technology. /^ 



20 



Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111,1 12;CHM 100, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14; PHY 100, 103, 104, 
111, 112; PSY210;SCI100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathematical 
constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers and 
limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 100, 1 1 1, 1 12, 150, 161, 162, 170,270. 

Group III 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artistic 
expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic 
experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: ART 1 10, 201, 203; ENG 120, 221, 222, 227, 228; HON 204; MSC 100, 120. 
200, 342. 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical 
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 

Approved: HON 203; PHL 1 10, 160, 230, 240; REL 1 10, 120, 160. 

Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours. 
Two courses in a foreign language. 
One course from a list approved for this component. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel and trade 
increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students understand, inter- 
pret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems different from 
their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspective 
essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students understand 
that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language 
provides special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate 
level. FRN. GER. RSN. SPA 201/202. 
2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, RSN, SPA 101/102. 



21 



3 . Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN, 
RSN, SPA 101/102). 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department). 

Foreign Smdies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle 
East, and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or 
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies 
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other consider- 
ations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: fflS 271, 273, 275, 277, 279; PSC 140, 150, 211; REL 115, 116, 253; 
SPA 460. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This 
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to 
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least two 
disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge them 
to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required. 

Requirement: one course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311; DSP 390; HIS 325, 326; LSP 350; PHL 334, 349 or REL 342; 
REL 253, 332, 337; SOC 326 

Interdisciplinary Course (DSP): 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary 
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this 
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection 
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in 
this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the senior vice president and dean of the faculty to substitute another 
course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 

Honors Program 

The honors program is designed for superior students who are keenly motivated to expand 
their intellectual horizons, develop their originality and curiosity, and challenge their 
intellectual abilities. The program seeks to sharpen critical and analytical thinking, develop 
verbal and written expression, encourage intellectual independence, and foster sensitive and 
informed investigation of human values. 

22 



r^ 



To achieve these goals, the program offers a demanding, stimulating and integrated 
alternative to a portion of the general requirements of the college. 

Entering students and freshmen are selected for the program on the basis of interviews and 
scholastic records. Any student who has a 3.0 grade point average or better after the freshman 
year may enter the honors program after consultation with the honors director. 

Program Requirements: 

Students graduate with college honors if they have completed HON 201 or ENG 111-112, 
HON 202, 203, 204, one honors seminar and one independent study project, and have a 3.0 
grade point average or better overall. In addition to the honors program and major 
requirements, honors students must complete the general education program of the college. 

Courses in Honors (HON): 

201. Honors Communication. Writing and speaking clear, grammatical and articulate 
English. Listening and reading well. Searching information sources and applying those 
sources ethically. Analyzing and drawing conclusions. 3 credits. 

202. r/ie/wf/m^/Ma/fl/i^SoaV/^. An investigation into the structures of society, their origins, 
and their impact upon human values. Emphasis on the interaction of the individual and the 
socio-cultural environment. Evaluation of the approaches of the various social sciences. 
3 credits. 

203. Human Existence and Transcendence. A close examination of questions and issues 
pertaining to human existence and the ways in which humankind has attempted, religiously 
and philosophically, to rise above the conditions of human existence. This course seeks to 
describe and examine the commonalities and differences between religion and philosophy as 
each discipline addresses itself to existence and transcendence. 3 credits. 

204. Human Creativity. A study of the major forms of literature, music, and plastic art. 
designed to acquaint students with functions, values and aesthetic and cultural contexts of art, 
as well as to enhance their response to art works. 3 credits. 

Honors Seminar. The honors seminar is an intensive study of topics offered for junior and 
senior honors students. The honors students choose the topic for the seminar, help select the 
instructor and assist in the design of the seminar with the instructor. Each participant in the 
honors program shall complete one honors seminar. 

Honors Project Study . An independent study project, the capstone of the honors program, 
provides the opportunity to carry out an extensive academic study of the student's own 
design. The project, overseen by a faculty director and two faculty readers, must be approved 
by the honors directors as well as the faculty team. When acceptable to an academic 
department such independent study may serve as the basis for departmental honors. Upon 
completion, the project will be presented publicly. 3 credits. 



23 



Cooperative Programs 
Allied Health Professions 

Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson 
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The 
College of Allied Health Sciences of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate 
programs in cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound), 
nursing, and occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in 
physical therapy. 

Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic 
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas 
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and 
depends upon the academic record, recommendations and an interview. If accepted, the 
student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University 
taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion of the program, the 
student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical therapy) by Thomas 
Jefferson University. 

Engineering 

In the cooperative "3+2" engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon 
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution. 
Students may study engineering at any accredited engineering school. To assist the student, 
Lebanon Valley has special cooperative agreements with Case Western Reserve University, 
Cleveland, Ohio; University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia; and Widener University, Chester, 
Pa. Students who pursue this cooperative engineering program take three years of work at 
Lebanon Valley College and then usually take two additional years of work in engineering. 

Forestry- and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal 
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission 
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School 
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus 
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student 
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental 
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics, 
political science, or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies 
through the cooperative program ("3+2") with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall take 
BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 302; ECN 101 , 102; MAS 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 170, regardless of major, and shall 
meet the general requirements of the college. 

24 



Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the college and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital with 
a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year in 
training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommenda- 
tions and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student is 
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley 
College. The college is affiliated with the following hospitals: Sacred Heart Hospital (in 
Allentown), Polyclinic Hospital of Harrisburg, Jersey Shore Medical Center, Lancaster 
General Hospital, and Reading Hospital and Medical Center. However, the student is not 
limited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 1 1 1 , 11 2, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; CHM 111,112,113,114, 
213,214,215,216;PHY 103, 104;MAS 170(51 credits).Thesenioryearisspent off-campus 
at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to 
apply and become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are 
awarded for the successful completion of this year. 

P re-Professional Programs 
Pre-Law Program 

Although there is no pre-law major or department, a pre-law student is advised to take certain 
[courses which will help prepare him or her for law school and a legal career. Each student 
|should confer with the pre-law adviser in selecting a specific pattern of courses appropriate 

o that student's objectives. Generally recommended courses are as follows: ACT 161; BUS 

71,372; ECN 101, 102; PSC HI, 112, 315, 316, and 415. 

^re-Medical, Pre-Dentistjy, P re-Veterinary 

.ebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine. 
)Steopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
|n biochemistry, biology, chemistry or psychobiology. 

n addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student 
vho is interested in veterinary medicine may participate in a cooperative program between 
he college and local veterinarians, specializing in both small and large animal medicine, 
students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience in the field. 

\ health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to offering 
idvice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 



25 



Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest schools 
including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, The University of Pennsylvania, The 
University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical School, The Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, 
Temple University, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic 
Medicine, The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry. 

Individualized Major 
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for 
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into 
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the college and its faculty are 
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty 
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the senior vice president and dean of the faculty 
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. ^ 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus those w 

courses to meet the general requirements of the college. " 

W 

General Studies Program W 

The associate degree program in general studies is intended for continuing education ^ 

students who do not wish to concentrate in a single area. With the help of an adviser, students _ 

select their courses freely from among the arts, humanities, sciences, and social sciences. W 

Degree: Associate of Arts or Associate of Science with amajor in General Studies. Open only _ 
to part-time students matriculated through the Continuing Education Office. ^ 

Requirements: 27 credits from the general requirements including ENG 111, 112, and one ^ 
course from each of the liberal studies and foreign studies areas; 33 credits of free electives; wr 
a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. i^ 

Internships ^ 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to ^ 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government, or not-for-profit ^ 

26 C 



organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom 
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts 
education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a student 
generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive permission 
from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. The student 
must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring the internship 
and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. Application forms for 
internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application form shall be completed 
by the student and approved by the student's academic adviser, faculty internship supervisor, 
on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at the 
internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria and 
procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships have 
an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars, and/or 
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during any one 
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet graduation 
requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 

Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading, 
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent study 

Should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate an 
xisting course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or senior 
tanding and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required. 

|For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 clock 
ours of time in reading, research, or report writing. The independent study involves a 
ontract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee 
he study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the 
ffice of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the 
tudent's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson. 

tudents may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any one 
^emester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward the 
;raduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

utorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal course 
In the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students desiring a 
utorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise the study 
)n a one-on-one basis. 



27 



For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of time in 
the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the student and 
the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, report writing, 
faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the same course 
number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following course 
numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490^98 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal courses 
that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. These 
courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special interest. 
Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific course 
title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

Study Abroad 
Students have the opportunity to study abroad in England, Australia, Greece, Germany, 
Spain, France, Denmark, and Hong Kong at the same cost as Lebanon Valley. Affiliation 
agreements are in effect with Regent's College in London, Anglia Polytechnic University in 
Cambridge, Lancaster University in northern England, the Athens Centre in Greece, and the 
Chinese University in Hong Kong. In addition, a consortium consisting of Allegheny 
College, Gettysburg College and Lebanon Valley College sponsors a program in Cologne, 
Germany, and Lebanon Valley has also established direct programs with the Universite de 
Montpellier, France, and the Universidad de Salamanca, Spain. Opportunities to study in 
Australia include programs at Wollongong University just south of Sydney and Monash 
University in Melbourne, through World Study. DIS in Denmark offers students the chance 
to study at the University of Copenhagen. Although special programs for music and 
elementary education majors are in place at Anglia Polytechnic, all majors can study abroad 
and earn credits towards graduation. Except for the Germany, France, and Spain programs, 
no foreign language is required, and in Greece and Denmark, students will have the 
opportunity to take beginner level language classes, while taking other courses in English. 
In all cases, the proposed course of study must be approved by the appropriate department. 
See In-Absentia on page 12. 

Washington Semester Program 
Juniors and seniors in any major field, who have at least a 2.5 grade point average and have 
had basic courses in American national government, are eligible to participate in this program 
with approval of their department chairperson. This program is offered in cooperation with 
The American University in Washington, D.C. Information is available from the chairperson 
of the Department of Political Science and Economics. See In-Absentia on page 12. 



28 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

The Art Department enriches students' understanding of their visual environment using such 
methods as formal analysis of actual art objects, research of art historical problems, and 
hands-on exercises with two- and three-dimensional materials. In addition to working in 
classroom and studio settings, students learn from structured visits to the Suzanne H. Arnold 
Art Gallery and field trips to regional and national museums. Through the minor in art, the 
department offers students the opportunity to develop skills that will serve them in their major 
field: creativity, analysis, research, and communication. 

Art Program 

Degree Requirements: 

No major is offered in art. 

Minor: ART 1 10, 121, 201, 203, one elective course in art (15 credits). 

Courses in Art (ART): 

110. Introduction to Art. An exploration of meaning in the visual arts. The subject is 
approached through discussions of perception, the aesthetic experience, and form/content 
analyses of painting, sculpture, and architecture. 3 credits. 

121. Drawing I. An introduction of the fundamentals of drawing. Students will practice 
seeing and rendering the contour line, the gestural line, mass and volume, texture, negative 
space and linear relationships. A variety of drawing media will be explored. 3 credits. 

1122. Drawing 11. An introduction to advanced drawing skills. Students will practice and 

Improve the fundamental drawing skills emphasized in Drawing I. Students learn to shift their 
ttention from the isolated object to the whole image, focusing on the creation of three- 
imensional space in a fully realized composition. The figure and the landscape will serve 

is the subjects. Toward the end of the semester color will be introduced. Prerequisite: ART 

121 or permission. 3 credits. 

101. Art History 1. Prehistoric through Medieval Art. A survey of painting, sculpture and 
irchitecture beginning with prehistoric sites in Europe and the Near East, followed by studies 
)f ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, Europe in the Middle Ages, and Non- 
kVestern art. 3 credits. 

103. Art History II. Renaissance to 20th century. A survey of individual masters and their 
najor schools, the course covers the period from the close of the medieval era to the modem 
lay and includes stylistic analyses and historical contexts for painting, sculpture, and 
irchitecture of each period. 3 credits. 

W5. American Art History. An examination of the architecture, painting, sculpture, and the 
iecorative arts from the colonial period to the present day. 3 credits. 

29 



401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in 
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Leslie E. Bowen, lecturer in art, convener/administrator of the department. 
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts. 

Bowen' s expertise is in painting and drawing. Due to her love of art history, she particularly 
enjoys teaching Introduction to Art to non-art students, broadening their experience to 
include a greater understanding and appreciation of the arts. 

Patricia Fay, assistant professor of art. 

M.FA., University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Fay's passion for the traditional pottery practices of the West Indies helped her to win a 

Fulbright Fellowship for a year's study in St. Lucia. She is also an accomplished artist who 

teaches Ceramics, Introduction to Art, and Non-Western Art and Culture. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A., University of Kansas. 

Massad is a nationally recognized pastel painter of still lifes, whose works are included in 

such distinguished collections as the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Philadelphia 

Museum of Art. Students will have a rare chance to study pastel painting with this acclaimed 

artist. 

Ellen Nicholas, adjunct instructor in art. 

B.S., Kutztown State University. 

Nicholas is committed to integrating art into the general elementary school curriculum as a 

way of exploring ideas and solving problems in all subjects. She teaches Art in the 

Elementary School. 

Marie Riegle, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University. 

Riegle, who teaches Drawing I and Introduction to Art, is an artist and award-winning writer 

of literature for young people. She is also interested in gardening and science, and is working 

with the biology department to develop a course on botanical illustration. 

R. Gordon Wise, adjunct professor of art. 

Ecl.D., University of Missouri. 

Wise is an artist who has dedicated his career to training art educators. He teaches Art in the 

Elementary School. 



c: 



c 



30 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 
The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well-versed in the 
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel 
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their 
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest 
academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employes the underlying principles of biology and 
requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the 
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the 
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and (4) 
prepares students for graduate, professional, and technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 1 12, 201 , 499; one course each in the general areas of physiology, cellular 
and subcellular biology, botany, and morphology, and four additional hours of biology (33 
credits).CHMlll,112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216(16credits);PHY103,104orlll.ll2: 
MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (61-63 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO 111, 112; plus four additional courses in biology (24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology must 
take BIO 3 1 2, 360 and 2 1 credits in education courses including EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 
and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 1 1 1 and 1 12 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless otherwise 

loted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
Dhysiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
Tiajor organ systems, immunity, and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
ensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology, and ECG. 4 credits. 

'02. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 

lajor emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging from 

)asic cell reproduction through gamete production and early stages are also covered. 

'lassical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both chromosomal and 

5ene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and application of genetics 

[o biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The laboratory is intended to give 

jhe student "hands-on" experience in making observations, performing experiments, and 

'orking with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the laboratory include studying 

31 



prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and 

learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. ^-« 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 

introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and >^ 

current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are f^ 

evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone "^ 

depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands, w« 

energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are r^ 
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed <*►-" 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, "^ 
and evolution. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohydrate analysis, isola- ^ 
tion and identification of plant pigments, histological techniques, and animal taxonomy. ^ 
4 credits. ^ 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers /^~ 
concepts in physiology, embryology, botany and ecology. Laboratory exercises include ^ 
shark anatomy, invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angio- s^ 
sperms, and stomate response to environmental changes. Prerequisite: BIO 111 or permission. ^~ 
4 credits. "*" 

r^ 
'^ 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and molecular '-^ 

genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical and ^^ 

molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic >-, 

crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of --^ 

chemistry or permission. 4 credits. '*' 

227. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with r^ 

emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive ^^ 

laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. .» 

4 credits. ^ 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the w^ 

relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the .^— 

structure of algae and plants and with the identification of flowering plants in the local flora. "^ 

Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. >^ 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal ^ 
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes CT 
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis. ,— ^ 
4 credits. ^ 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy /-^ 

32 C^' 



of vertebrate tissues, including tiie structure and function of membranes and organelles, cell 
motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation to 
function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected 
histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 4 
credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology, and biochemistry of represen- 
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and 
procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants. 
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory 
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites: 
BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with emphasis 
on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the interactions of 
the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 12 and one 
semester of chemistry, or permission. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological, and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion 
jof non-specific immunity, cellular immunity, and antibody-mediated immune responses. 

he course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are 
iscussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, 
istocompatibility, immunogenetics, and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO 
111,112 and CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 3 or equivalent or permission. 3 credits. 

^60. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seeking 
certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting in the 
)reparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and preparation, 
idministration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 1 credit. 

\402. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of most of the major invertebrate phyla, concentrating 
n movement, metabolism, information and control, reproduction and association between 
nimals. 4 credits. 

W4. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
ransmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students w ill 
earn the proper use, application, and limitations of the appropriate instruments. Prerequisite: 
BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 



33 



409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative 

aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the ^ 

instructor. 4 credits. r- 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an ^ 

assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This r- 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program '^^ 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry program in conjunction with the Chemistry ^ 

Department, described on page 48. The major in biochemistry is an interdisciplinary program '- 

that provides an opportunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of '^ 

the chemical basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced ^ 

study in medical, dental, and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety — 

of subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, '^ 

genetics, microbiology, and physiology, and for research positions in industrial, academic, ^ 

and government laboratories. -- 

r 

Degree Requirements: ^ 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry. ^ 

Mo/or.- BIO 111,112,201;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216;BCH401, 421, 422, 7 

430, 499; MAS 161 ; PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1 , 1 12 (5 1 credits); nine credits from BIO 305, 306, ^ 

307,322, 323,404andCHM305, 306, 307, 308, 311. ^ 

Courses in Biochemistry (BCH): ^^ 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in ^ 

prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) ^ 

and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and ^ 

BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. '^ 

421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids, and carbohy- "^ 

drates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight ^ 

determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, mem- ^ 
brane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, electron 

transport, and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 3 12 or permis- C. 

sion. 3 credits per semester. ^^^ 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, ^ 

carbohydrates, and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. m^ 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio- ^^ 

chemistry. 1 credit. ^ 



34 



Psychobiology Program 
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and Psychol- 
ogy, described on pages 31 and 1 10. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the physiological 
substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of psychology and 
biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in medicine, 
veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, physiological 
psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics, and neuroscience, as well as research 
positions in industry, universities, hospitals, and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: BIO 1 11, 1 12, 201, 322 ( 16 credits); PSY 1 10, 335, 358 plus two courses from the 
following: PSY 2 1 0, 2 16, 355, 356, 43 1 ( 1 6 credits); PSY 49 1 or BIO 49 1 , BIO 499 or PBI 
499,BIO500orPSY500(8credits);CHMlll,112, 113, 114(8credits);MAS161andCSC 
125 or 170 (6 credits); plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with adviser. 
Recommended CHM 213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12. 62 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. The laboratory 
portion of the course includes sheep brain dissection. Prerequisite: PSY 110, 210 or 
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Psychology 358.} 

199. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on selected topics in 
)sychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faciilt}' 

[ichael A. Camann, assistant professor of biology. 

^h.D., University of Georgia. 

le teaches evolution, animal behavior and general biology. He also supervises the senior 
seminar and coordinates the general biology laboratories. His research interests include 
landscape ecology, forest entomology and ecological modeling. 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, psychobiology. 
and participates in general biology. He believes in introducing his students to a w ide range 
3f laboratory experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data 
ollection. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat 
energy budgets, and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions. 
He is also director of the Summer Youth Scholars Institute. 



35 



Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is the 

academic adviser for students preparing for the alhed health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships 
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is 
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president 
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of 
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in plants 
that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions 
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years, 
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years of 
experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a 
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, ecology and 

environmental science. His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with 

particular emphasis on saltmarshes of Eastern United States and methane production in 

freshwater marshes. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of marine biology in the 

Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches comparative histology, developmental biology, invertebrate zoology, electron 

microscopy, general biology, and parasitology, and directs independent study in cell biology 

using electron microscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine 

shrimp, Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, 

reproductive, and neurosensory systems. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology. 



36 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The Department of Business Administration offers programs leading to the bachelor of 
science degree in accounting, business, health care management, hotel management and 
international business. The department also offers minors in accounting, business and hotel 
management. The programs are designed to provide students with a sound, integrated 
knowledge of accounting, business, economics and communications as well as related 
courses from supporting disciplines. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core 
required of all Lebanon Valley College students, and by the extensive application of 
computers in relevant courses. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for 
assuming leadership positions in the changing world of the 1990s and beyond. 

Business students complete a common body of knowledge in close conformity with the 
national standards for the study of business administration as recommended by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. A 36-hour core is required of all department 
majors to ensure a strong, comprehensive background in business fundamentals. As a result, 
our graduates are well prepared for business careers and graduate schools. 

Accounting Program 
The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors 
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. or CM. A. 
The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting, governmen- 
tal, industry, or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate, and advanced accounting 
topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

The 24 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting background 
to sit for the C.P.A. exam. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major. Business core which includes ACT 151, 152; ECN 101, 102: ENG 210; MAS 170; 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; ACT 251, 252, 353; nine credit hours in accounting 
lectives; BUS 322 (57 credits). 

Minor. ACT 151, 152, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives; CSC 125 (24 
redits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

151. Principles of Accounting I. Fundamental principles and concepts of accounting 

ncompassing business transactions, the accounting cycle, and classified financial state- 

hients including discussion of various topics relating to balance sheet and income statement 

Items. For accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 1 5 1 and ACT 161.3 credits. 

37 



152. Principles of Accounting II. A continuation of Principles of Accounting I focusing 
upon accounting concepts, partnerships, and business transactions related to corporate 
liabilities, equity, and investments. Includes basic financial analysis. For accounting majors. 
Prerequisite: ACT 151 or ACT 161 with minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for business 
transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of owners' 
equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 
151 and ACT 161. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

251. Intermediate Accounting 1. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted 
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles 
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well 
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and 
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in 
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 251 with a 
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financialaccounting topics 
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting charges, 
cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, and changing prices. Computer compo- 
nent. Strongly recommended for accounting majors. Highly recommended for accounting 
majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

357. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting, and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combina- 
tions and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit 
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the 
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost 
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based costing 
and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field accounting or auditing experience in a business, government or other 
organization. Alternatively, participation in the Practicum in Accounting, a campus program 

38 



performing accounting services with participating area businesses. Ordinarily open to junior 
and senior accounting majors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 or higher in major and permission 
of department chair. 1-15 credits. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 
45 1 . 3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of 
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial 
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate an accounting subject 
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors only. By permission 
of the department chair. 1 - 6 credits. 

Business Program 
This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business. This major is 
designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-management positions 
in industry, government, and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge 
recommended by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Businesses and provides 
a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors select a concentration from three 
possible areas: human resource management, management, or marketing to specialize 
beyond the departmental core. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business. 

Major: Business core which includes ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 170; ENG 210; 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and one of the following concentrations (57 credits): 

Human Resource Management - BUS 130, 322, 420, 425, 480; HIS 326; and one 
ofthe following: SWK 242; PS Y 346, PS Y 431. 

Management - BUS 130, 322, 380, 460, 480, 483; HIS 326. 

Marketing - BUS 130, 322, 341, 364. 374. 484; HIS 326. 

Minor: ACT 151 or 161; ECN 101; CSC 125; BUS 230. 340. 371; one department elective 
(21 credits). 

39 



Courses in Business (BUS): 

130. Principles of Business. An examination of the principles of business administration. 

Emphasis is on understanding the nature and composition of business organizations and the ^ 
expectations of those preparing for entry into this field. 3 credits. 

275. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical \^ 

care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective / 

manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the ^ 

hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the C« 
insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

230. Management and Organizations. A study of management principles, organizational (^ 

theory, and administrative techniques as applied to the effective and efficient operation of ^ 

both profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasizes the organization's structure, leadership, ^^ 

interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. 3 credits. C^ 

322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in 

modem management science and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecast- C^ 

ing, decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and Markov ^ 

analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 170 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. ^^ 

c 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective. ^ 
Topics include marketing strategies; marketing research; consumer behavior; selecting 
target markets; developing, pricing, distributing, and promoting products and services and (^ 
non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. ^ 

341. Consumer & Business Buying Behavior. Analysis of factors affecting purchase w 
decisions in the marketplace; application of behavioral and social science concepts to the ^ 
study of consumer behavior. Emphasis on use of knowledge of consumer behavior for ""^ 
marketing decisions. Prerequisite: BUS 230 and 340, or permission. 3 credits. O 

r* 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational "^ 

behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in the O 
workplace to improve individual, group, and organizational performance. Prerequisite: 
junior standing and BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 



c 
c 

r 



361. Managerial Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
hability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working 
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and 
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial ^ 
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal, and ^ 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types, and the development of portfolios for individuals and C 

c 



institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

364. Advertising. The role advertising plays in American life and its effect upon consumer 
behavior. Analysis of media strategies, functions of advertising agencies, creation of 
successful advertisements, and the legal and ethical restraints on advertising. Prerequisite: 
BUS 340. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law IL Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency, 
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation, 
estates, bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a 
communication process, and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation, and evaluation of the sales presentation; and 
upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling, and 
evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. Prerequi- 
site: BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures 
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 230. 340. 3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing, and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting 
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in a business, government, or organization Ordinarily for 
juniors and seniors, only. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.75 in major and permission of department 
chair. 1-15 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and disciplining human resources. 
It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-management 
relations. Prerequisite: BUS 230 or permission. 3 credits. 

425. Labor Management Relations. Emphasizes origin, growth, and development of labor 
organizations and their impact on management practices. Topics include legislation affecting 
industrial relations; collective bargaining; contract administration; industrial jurisprudence; 
and arbitration. Prerequisite: BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information 
in management planning, operations, and control in various types of business environments. 

41 



Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials, and / 
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits. 

483. Operations Management. An overview of the production/operations management r 
function as applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. It provides a back- '^ 
ground of the concepts and processes used in the production/service operations area. C^ 
Integrated throughout are considerations of the information systems, the people involved, the < 
quantitative techniques employed, and the international implications. Prerequisite: BUS 230, ^ 
'ill, or permission. 3 credits. ^ 

484. Marketing Research. This course is an introduction to the methodology of marketing "^ 
research. Specific topics covered include problem formulation, research design, sample ^ 
design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, and presentation of research < 
findings. Prerequisite: MAS 170; BUS 230, 340. 3 credits. "^ 

>^ 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under ^ 
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting, and econom- ^^ 
ics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 230, 340, 361 and senior O 
standing, or permission. 3 credits. ^ 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes of O- 

America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance systems, ^ 
financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical services, and 

marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, accounting, and O 

economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate management <^ 
style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to investigate a management subject /^ 

not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors, only. By permission ^*' 

of the department chair. 1 - 6 credits. ^ 

r^ 

Health Care Management Program ^ 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who possess '^-^ 
an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications are 
required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal arts and 
management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 215, 230, 487; ECN 
101, 102; ENG 111, 210; PHL 360; SOC 324; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or 
other disciplines approved by the director of continuing education (at least six credits in 
courses at the 200 level or higher); and any four of the following courses (12 credits): BUS 
322, 340, 350, 361, 371, 372, 384, 420, 425, 480, 484; MAS 170(60-63 total). 

42 



Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed successfully 
an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state 
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following 
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical 
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational 
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse, 
Respiratory Therapist. 

Hotel Management Program 
The hotel management program offers the bachelor of science degree in hotel management. 
The major is designed to prepare students for entry and middle management positions in the 
rapidly expanding hotel industry. Graduates of this program find positions in the hotel 
industry as banquet managers, front desk managers, food and beverage managers, personnel 
managers, and hotel financial analysts. 

The program also offers a minor in hotel management that may be taken in conjunction with 
many other majors. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in hotel management. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 340. 350, 361, 371. 485: 
ECNIOI, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; HTM 111, 112, 21 1, 222, 311, 322; and one 
of the following; HTM 231, 331. 431 (57 credits). 

Minor: HTM 111,112,211, 222, 23 1 , 3 1 1 ; ACT 1 6 1 (2 1 credits). 

Courses in Hotel Management (HTM): 

111. Introduction to the Hospitality Industry. Examines the history, development and 
operation of the hospitality industry. Emphasis is on current organization problems, oppor- 
tunities and trends. An overview of how the hospitality industry functions in the world 
economy. Management orientation stressed. 3 credits. 

112. Front Office Management. An analysis of the integrated functions of the front office 
and housekeeping departments. Topics include work and information flow within and 
between departments, demand forecasting, pricing strategies, reservations and control, front 
desk responsibilities, guest services, emergency procedures, night auditing, and a general 
introduction to the art of innkeeping. Materials, equipment and techniques involved in the 
housekeeping function will also be analyzed. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws. 
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems 
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits. 

221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psychologi- 

43 



cal and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review of 
consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. Prerequi- 
site: HTM 11 1 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions 
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language, 
systems, equipment, operational responsibihties. management organizational patterns, nu- 
trition, storage, and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected 
aspects of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty 
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. 
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits. 

311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organiza- 
tions: health, safety and security: building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair and 
maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls: and energy 
management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits. 

322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions with 
emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits. 

331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing 
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty confer- 
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite: 
HTM 1 12, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits. 

431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected aspects 
of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied by read- 
ings, reports, journals, and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field 
work in the hotel industry. 3 credits. 

International Business Program 
The program in international business provides an opportunity to integrate the study of 
business with the knowledge of a foreign language, culture, and political science. It is 
designed to equip students with the background and skills necessar>' to work with foreign 
corporations within the United States and with American corporations abroad. 

While acquiring a strong liberal arts background, students who elect this major will receive 
training in accounting, management, economics and political science. They also will become 
familiar with a foreign culture and will acquire proficiency in French, German or Spanish. 
International business majors are required to complete an international internship or a study 
abroad program. Internships must be approved by the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 
junior/senior standing. 



44 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in international business. 

Ma/or.- Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210: MAS 170: 
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and two of the following: ECN 322, PSC 210, 130. 312: 
and a minor in a foreign language. 

Faculty 
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A., Michigan State University. 

Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel 
management programs. He serves as coordinator of the hotel management program and 
teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and principles 
of management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from 
the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 
J.D., University ofRicJimond. 

Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney 
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to \ arious state- 
wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, labor relations, human resource 
management and management. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
M.5.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 12 years, working with o\er 100 organiza- 
tions . He has received numerous state and federal training grants for his work with nonprofit 
organizations . He serves as director of the college's Supervisory Management Institute. He 
teaches courses in organizational behavior, management, managerial tlnance and manage- 
ment information systems and is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. 

Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for Tlie Daily Ne^vs of Lebanon. His 

research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effectiveness 

of an organization, and leadership. He teaches courses in communications. 

Barney T. Raffield IH, associate professor of business administration. 
Ph.D.. Union Graduate Scliool. 

Raffield is working on a third edition of his textbook on marketing management and teaches 
courses in marketing, strategic management, advertising, consumer behavior and interna- 
tional business management. He is a faculty member for the M.B..-\. program and consults 
with area businesses. 



45 



Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. <- 
M.B.A., Boston University. 

A C.P.A.. Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer ^ 

systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. ^ 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, assistant professor of accounting. ^^ 

M.B.A., Lehigh University. ^ 

Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P. A. for nine years. She teaches courses ^^ 

in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting. >^ 

Sharon L. Worley, lecturer in accounting. '^ 

B.A., San Jose State College. ,^ 

Worley serves as a management consultant and has worked as a C.P.A. and controller. She <- 

teaches courses in quantitative methods, financial and managerial accounting. "^ 

James F. Bednarski, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^ 

B.A., Franklin & Marshall College. ^^' 

Bednarski is President of The Patriot Group, a management consulting firm concentrating in ^ 

strategic planning, information systems, process re-engineering and total quality manage- ^ 

ment. He teaches courses in management information systems. ^^ 

Andrea Bromberg, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^^ 
M.B.A., University of Montana. 

Bromberg is the executive assistant to the president of Lebanon Valley and has worked as >.^ 

an independent management consultant. She teaches courses in management and business. ^ 

Nancy L. Eastwood, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^^ 

M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh. ^^ 

Eastwood has experience as a financial consultant for small businesses and a credit analyst ^^ 

in the banking industry. She teaches managerial finance and is an M.B.A. faculty member . ^ 

Donald R. Gross, adjunct instructor in business administration. ^*' 

M.B.A., Boston University. C^ 

Gross is a Certified Financial Adviser and a self-employed financial and portfolio manager. ^ 

He teaches courses in managerial finance. ^ 

Steven Pecsok, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. ,^-. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. ^^ 

Pecsok designs software for decision making. He teaches courses in quantitative methods ^ 

and economics. ^ 

Jeff Tsai, adjunct assistant professor of business administration. _ 

Ph.D., Florida State University. ^ 
Tsai works for the Pennsylvania Bureau of Information Systems and teaches courses in 

management information systems, operations management and economics. _ 

c 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry^ Program 
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed for 
protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, improving 
our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry is 
essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter industrial 
or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, quality 
control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory include teaching, 
sales, marketing, technical writing, business, and law. Many chemistry students continue 
their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in professional schools 
in the areas of medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science Center. 
Major scientific equipment available to students includes a nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared spectrometer, a high 
performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV-visible and Roman spectro- 
photometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, and an atomic absorption 
spectrophotometer. Computers available to students in the department include 10 Power 
Macintosh computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of laboratory 
research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the summer. 
Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants that 
professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry, and one for those interested in 
biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two 
degrees in chemistry, and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree has 
a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become 
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard Bachelor 
of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the major 
program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 34. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry. 

Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 11 1 , 112, 113, 1 14, 2 1 3, 2 14, 2 15, 2 16. 222. 305. 306. 307. 
308, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, 411; six credits from CHM 491-498 or 590 or BCH 421. 422: four 
credits ofCHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 1 12 (63-64 credits). 



47 



(B.S.. major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307, ^ 

308,311,312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). ^ 

Mmor; CHM 11 1,1 12, 113, 114; 12creditsfromCHM213,214,222,305,306,31 1,312,411 ^ 

or BCH 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCH 430. ^ 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry ^ 

must take CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 ^ 

and 440. C 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): "^ 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 'Zm 

mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, ^ 

bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience "* 

included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 1 00. C 

f 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics ^ 

include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for Z, 

finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken ^ 

concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. ^ 

111, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science major. ^ 

First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, calcula- ^* 

tions involving chemical concentrations, gas laws, and bonding. Second semester covers ^ 

kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermodynamics, ^ 

electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school chemistry or ^* 

permission. 3 credits per semester. s^ 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112. ^ 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electrochem- Q 
istry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are /-^ 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption ^ 
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 1 1 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for CHM C- 

1 14. 1 credit per semester. ^ 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry. C 

The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure of /— 

various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and ^ 

mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits per semester. ,_, 

275, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 

chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis ^ 

are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, ^ 

and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 '^ 

and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. C 

48 ^ 



222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of solids. Prereq- 
uisite: CHM 112. 3 credits. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of 
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous 
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications 
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom- 
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro- 
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 
305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical 
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including phase 
and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and non-ideal 
solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12, MAS 161, and 
PHY 104or 112. 3 credits. 

312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective. 
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics, and transport processes. Prerequisite: 
CHM 31 1.3 credits. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory I,II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of the 
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry. 
conductivity, viscometry, and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS. and NMR spectroscopy 
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular 
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 31 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322. 
1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation 
of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites: 
CHM 112, 1 14. 3 credits. 



49 



411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy, and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and 
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, optimi- 
zation, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and chemical 
instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty 
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

Courses in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable 
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology, 
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students, and is appropriate for those 
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

800. Science Education in the Elementary Classroom. This course is designed to promote 
effective science teaching in the classroom as well as instructional leadership in science 
among peers teaching in kindergarten through eighth grade. Teachers will increase their 
knowledge in the life, physical, and math sciences primarily through hands-on experiences 
with a variety of laboratory investigations. In addition, they will enhance their skills in the 
use of scientific methodology, the identification of grade-appropriate exercises for their 
students, and the applications and limitations of technology through lectures and independent 
and group demonstrations. 

Faculty 
Richard D. Cornelius, professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Iowa; postdoctoral research, University of Wisconsin. 
Inorganic chemistry. Cornelius works at the border of inorganic chemistry and biochemistry. 
He has interests both in the fundamental mechanisms of phosphoryl transfer reactions and in 
the development of platinum compounds that hold promise for anti-cancer activity. He and 
his students synthesize new compounds containing phosphates and study the rates of 
reactions of these compounds. He also has earned a national reputation for his work with 
computers in chemical education. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Cornell University; postdoctoral work, University of Toronto. 
Physical chemistry and chemometrics. Dahlberg does research in the application of multi- 
variate statistics to chemical problems. He is also an industrial consultant in this area. He is 
presently studying the use of chemometrics and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in 
the analysis of edible oils. Food manufacturers must perform dozens of expensive and time- 

50 



consuming analyses to guarantee the quality of their products. Through the use of modern 
chemical instrumentation and sophisticated mathematical techniques, it may be possible to 
replace these tests with just one. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 

Biochemistry. Moe is interested in applying the array of new techniques in biotechnology to 

practical problems. He is currently working on the use of immobilized enzymes for the 

synthesis of bio-organic compounds. Processes that he is developing are designed to use 

stable, inexpensive polyphosphates for the regeneration of ATP. ATP regeneration is a 

required, but currently an expensive, step in the use of enzyme reactors for organic synthesis. 

Carl T. Wigal, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. 

Organic chemistry. Wigal's research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing 

natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects of 

addition reactions to 1 ,4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments for 

organic chemistry. 

H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 

in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 1978. 

Neidig' s pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments for 

introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, adjunct instructor in chemistry. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary 

school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school. 

Philip J. Oles, adjunct professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts. 

John L. Snyder, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., Villanova University. 

Linda F. Ebright, adjunct instructor in chemistry. 
M.S., University of Pittsburgh. 



51 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ^ 

The Department of Education prepares students for both elementary and secondary teaching. ^ 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become elementary ■* 

or secondary school teachers or for those already certified who want to add elementary or ^ 

secondary education to an existing certificate. Dual certification, at both the elementary and ^ 

secondary levels, or in more than one secondary area, is possible; however, such certification -^ 

requires meticulous attention to scheduling and often requires additional semesters. ^ 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates who ^ 

will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and '^ 
communities where they will work. 

Education Program '^ 

Degree Requirements: ^ 

There is no major in education. "*" 

Minor: EDU 1 10, GPY 212; one of ELM 270, ELM 341, ELM 361; one of ELM 250, ELM C 

332, GPY 1 1 1 ; one of EDU 346, SED 420, EDU 442; ELM 280 or SED 280, 1-3 credits (16- ^ 

18 credits). "^ 

Courses in Education (EDU): r- 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical '^ 

foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of ^ 

influential educators. Includes required field practicum. 3 credits. r^ 

310. The Education of the Exceptional Child. An introduction to current research and >» 

practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course includes attention ^— 

to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource personnel are " 

invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a minimum of one hour per week field s» 

experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. Prerequi- r" 
sites: EDU 110, PSY 100 or PSY 210, and permission of instructor. Limited to teacher 

certification candidates only. 3 credits. >— 

346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the media and ^^ 

technology used for educational communications. Includes materials, equipment, character- >«, 

istics, and competencies for effective use. Covers a wide range of media from chalk to ^ 

computers. Limited to sophomore education majors or to other teacher education students '^ 

with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. >• 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors who have ^-' 

a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a strong liberal ^^ 

arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and methodologies ^, 

of all elementary school subjects. ^ 



52 



The field-centered component in the program provides extensive and carefully sequenced 
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all four 
years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong relation- 
ships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of two hours 
per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers and children, 
aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and completing tasks 
on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Seniors spend the fall semester in full- 
time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. 
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care 
centers. Head Start programs, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220. 250, 270, 280, 
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 499; ART 401; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; MAS 100 or equivalent; 
PSY 100 or 210, 220, 321 (60 credits). 

Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major 
in Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors 
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
using notation, Ustening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Music 220. } 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM Standards, the integration of 
media and technology, writing across the curriculum, student assessments, and exceptional 
children. Attention is given to the development of hands-on teaching activities, simulations, 
and experiences which can be utilized effectively with any classroom population. 3 credits. 

260. Principles and Practices in Early Childhood Education. An introduction to contem- 
porary research, theories, programs, curricula, methods, and materials in early childhood 
education, nursery school through grade 2. Includes required field experience in a local early 
childhood center. 3 credits. 

270. Children's Literature. A study of literature for children from infants through grade 8. 
including extensive classroom examination of books, poetry, storytelling, and resources in 
children's literature. Includes participation in the Annville Free Library's Children's 
Storytime program. 3 credits. 



53 



280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general 
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies 
based on the Pennsylvania Science Benchmarks for Science Education. The course empha- 
sizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special attention to 
materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assessment, 
exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth grade 
students. The course integrates a multidisciplined. Whole Language approach to teaching 
physical and environmental science. 3 credits. 

341, 342. Teaching of Reading I, II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the 
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques 
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle 
schools. Effective reading programs, methods, and materials are examined first hand. 
Includes during each semester one hour per week of reading enrichment for selected 
elementary school students. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 3 credits per semester. 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes 
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease Control 
and Prevention. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight 
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health 
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health 
education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in 
today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral, and religious issues often associated 
with this area of the school curriculum. 3 credits. 

361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for 
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking, 
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, spelling, 
reading, and thinking. The course emphasizes media and technology, authentic assessment, 
and exceptional children' s language development. The course is designed to assist preservice 
teachers in helping children to communicate effectively and responsibly through a process 
writing. Whole Language, literature based, multidisciplined approach to teaching. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods and 
role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood. The 
curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of children as they relate to 
developing values and attitudes and the planned study of people as they live and have lived 
in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the examination of learning resources 
are required. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under the 

54 



supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. A major grade 
point average of at least 2.0 and a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 are required 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995). Prerequisites: EDU 1 10; GPY 
11 1; HIS 125; PSY 220,321; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, and 
permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched 
and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further 
professional growth are explored. Students are required to do extensive and varied kinds of 
formal and informal writing on assigned and self-selected topics in education. 3 credits. 

Secondmy Teacher Certification Program 
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by completing an 
intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a carefully 
sequenced professional education component within the Education Department. Both the 
major program and the professional education component are completed within the context 
of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English, French. German, 
Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies. 

Opportunities are provided candidates to observe and to teach in junior high and high school 
settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. Cooperating teachers are selected 
through a process involving college faculty, public school personnel, and the student 
teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible. 

\Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete 

ithe requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses. 

\Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology, 
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.) 

\Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete 
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting of 
EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall or spring 
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at 
least once prior to SED 440. SED 420 and 440 comprise the student teaching semester of the 
[senior or post graduate year. 

\Courses in Secondaty Education (SED): 

]^280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers 
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 



55 



420. Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in ^^ 

developmental psychology and their implications for teaching and learning at the middle ^ 

school and secondary school levels. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10; secondary teacher certification ^ 

candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. ^~ 

430. Practicum and Methods. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle ^ 

school and secondary classroom management and instruction. Prerequisite: EDU 110; ^ 

secondary teacher certification candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 '^ 

credits. ^ 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend an entire semester in an area school under the "* 

supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. Requirements are: ^ 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 (effective for students entering the ^ 
program in the fall of 1995) '^ 

(2) a grade point average of at least 2.00 in the major field ^ 

(3) completion of all courses required of the major for student teaching ^- 

(4) completion of professional education courses required for student teaching "* 

(5) approval of the major adviser and of the Education Department faculty. ^ 

Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, SED 430. SED 420 is normally taken concurrently with SED 440. "* 

12 credits. '^ 

Geography Program ^ 

Courses in geography are offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural aspects ^ 

of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. The courses ^ 

are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of the world. ^^ 

Courses in Geography (GPY): r^ 
111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and 

its impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National ^-^ 

Geography Standards. Attention is given to the solar system, the earth' s movements, climate, r^ 
weather, landforms, ecology, environmental awareness, and the processes that form and 

change the earth' s surface. Students explore, through different modes of media and technol- — 

ogy and a variety of hands-on activities, the impact that physical geography has on their r^ 
everyday lives. A Whole Language, multidisciplined approach to teaching geography is 

presented. Requirement for elementary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary w 

Education major or permission of instructor. 3 credits. '**■ 

211. American Cultural Geography. A study ofhow the natural environment has influenced ^-' 
the historic development of American culture, including the geographic distribution of r^ 
population gioups, religious denominations and practices, language patterns, architectural 
styles, and the like. 3 credits. ^ 

212. World Cultural Geography. A survey of the various geographic regions of the world 
and their cultural features, including their natural resources, economy, social and religious — 

r^ 

56 ^ 



customs, food supply, populations, ecology, and topical geography. Attention is given to 
heightening students' international awareness and appreciation for diverse cultures. 3 
credits. 

Faculty 
Susan L. Atkinson, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, social studies, and language arts, plus 
courses in the foundations of education and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. 
Her research interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase 
academic achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom manage- 
ment and early childhood education. She is the adviser for the college' s professional teaching 
organization, which includes secondary, elementary, and music education majors. 

Andrew J. Brovey, assistant professor of education. 

Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, educational technology, secondary method- 

Dlogy, and supervises student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and 

echnology in the department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and 

3ther instructional media in all phases of teacher preparation. 

Vlichael A. Grella, professor of education. Chairperson. 

Ed.D., West Virginia University. 

-ie teaches courses in children's literature, reading, early childhood education, and excep- 

ional children. He coordinates reading-related practical in the public schools and supervises 

itudent teachers. He serves as the department' s chief liaison with public school personnel and 

vith the Pennsylvania Department of Education. He maintains a special interest in the 

icquisition of literacy at the primary grade levels and in learning disabilities. 

)ale E. Summers, assistant professor of education. 
d.D., Ball State University. 

e teaches courses in educational foundations, world cultural geography, American cultural 
eography, elementary social studies, secondary school curricula and methodologies, and 
dolescent development. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor 
re-student teaching field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education 
or the emotionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

inda L. Summers, instructor in education. 
4. A., Ball State University'. 

Ihe serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education 
)epartment. She teaches courses in educational foundations, language arts, social studies, 
nd health. She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in 
ducation include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of 
itegrated curriculum, and cooperative learning. 



57 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While English 
majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications or secondary education, the 
basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors also learn the skills of clear, 
concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organization, and presen- 
tation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in literature or 
communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. Graduates of the 
Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, editing, public 
relations, publishing, advertising, government, and industry. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior year 
are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the department 
chairperson. 

The English Department offers a major program with concentrations in literature, commu- 
nications, and secondary education, as well as minors in both literature, communications and 
theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must be 
from 22 1 -226); 32 1 ; 34 1 or 342; ( 1 8 credits). Students must choose one of the concentrations 
below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three from 
among 330, 350, 390-literature courses (39 total credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099; ENG 140; five additional communications 
courses (ENG 202-2 1 8, 310-315, 390-communications); three credits of ENG 400 (39 total 
credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 22 1-229 (the 
total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among ENG 202, 
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390; and ENG 360 (39 total credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 1 10, 
SED 420, SED 430, and SED 440. 

Minor (Literature): ENG 1 20; ENG 22 1 or 222; two from ENG 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two 
additional 300-level literature courses (18 credits). 



58 



Minor (Communications): ENG 120; ENG 140; ENG 221 or 222; three additional commu- 
nications courses (202-2 18,31 0-3 15, 390-communications) ( 1 8 credits). 

Minor (Theater): ENG 120; ENG 202; ENG 204; ENG 341; ENG 342; one drama-related 
course from among 330, 350, or 390 ( 18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's previous communications- 
oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student' s formal request to take 
ENG 400 (Internship). Graded Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Offered every semester. credits. 

101, 102. English as a Second Language: Speaking, Reading, and Listening I, II. 

Emphasis on advanced speaking, reading, and listening skills for students for whom English 
is the second language. The second semester continues work on the same skills. 3 credits. 

103, 104. English as a Second Language: Writing I, II. Emphasis on constructing the 
academic essay for students for whom English is the second language. The second semester 
:ontinues work on the same skills. 3 credits. 

Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his own 

voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses emphasize the 
development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 1 12 also empha- 
sizes reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 1 12: 1 1 1 or permission of chairperson. 3 
:redits. 

\20. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
nethodology, tools, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered 
very semester. 3 credits. 

40. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of 
anguage and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters, 
)ublic relations personnel, and technical writers. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

102. Theater Workshop. A workshop in the elements of theater with classroom practice in 
)roduction of scenes and whole plays. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

104. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
)erforming a full-length play. Preference given to students who have completed ENG 202 
Theater Workshop). Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

\10. Management Communications. The development of reading, writing, speaking and 
istening skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12, or permission of 
he instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 



59 



213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and features according to "^ 
standard formats and styles; the course also covers legal and ethical aspects of journalism. ^ 
Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the instructor. Usually 
offered fall semester. 3 credits. >— 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall 
semesters. 3 credits. >-- 

215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered ^ 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. >— 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing skills within the 
context of specialized, usually technical or scientific, subject matters, with emphasis on style >- 
and forms. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered r 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive, and other types of oral '^ 

communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment of ^ 

others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. >• 

/^ 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from 
the colonial period to about 1 900. Writing intensive. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. ^ 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. ^ 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters, w 
3 credits. r' 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about w 
1 800 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits, r 



227. Survey of World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from the ancient world 



r 



to the seventeenth century. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. r* 

228. Survey of World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from the seventeenth C 
century to the present. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. (^ 

229. Survey of Non-Western Literature. A survey of selected major non-Western writers. C 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. (^ 

310. Advanced Journalism. Builds upon basic journalistic skills by requiring students to ■• 

read and write long pieces of investigative and feature reporting. Writing intensive, r* 

60 C 



Prerequisite: ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for 
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news, 
recording interviews and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. 
Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copy writing; selection and 
presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Prerequisite: ENG 1 40 
or ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modem public relations as practiced by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion 
3valuation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. Writing 
intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution of 
English phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary, including current conventions and 
jsage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the lyric 
3oem, the novel, romance, tragedy, realism, drama, film, the essay, biography and autobiog- 
aphy. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit when it 
nvolves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: Eng 
120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

^41. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the 
:omedies and the histories. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

'42. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
|ragedies and the romances. Writing intensive, prerequisite: ENG 1 20 or a 200-level survey 
ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

}50. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or English authors. 

decent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, Gates, Morrison. Chaucer. Milton. 

'ound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for 
^redit. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). 

Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

^60. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature 
jn the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi- 

61 



tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing intensive, prerequisites: ENG 
120andEDU110. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. An introduction to a number of major literary 
critics and/or critical approaches to literature on both a theoretical and practical level. 
Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

390. Special Topics. Topics vary from semester to semester. Recent topics have included 
Native American Literature, Myths and Their Meaning, Revolutions, Sports and Literature, 
Irish Literature, Gender and Communication, the Vietnam War and American Literature. 
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). 
Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to 
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally 
limited to juniors and seniors. Prerequisites: ENG 099; permission of the chairperson; 
application form from Registrar' s office must be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit 
hours. 

Faculty 
Philip A. Billings, professor of English. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in contemporary literature as well as creative writing. His publications 
include poems in various magazines and two books of poems based on people living in the 
region. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 

M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

Experienced in journalism and business, she teaches management communications, editing 

and journalism. She recently completed a summer writing program at Bennington College. 

Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English. 

D.A., State University of New York at Albany. 

She is a specialist in composition theory, Hnguistics and American Studies and has business 

experience. She has published poetry, fiction, newspaper and magazine articles. In 1991 and 

1993 she won NEH Summer Seminar grants to study British literature. She also directs the 

department internship program. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, associate professor of English. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

He has taught at the University of Tennessee and Virginia Polytechnic Institute, and has been 

a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany. He has published several articles on American 

cultural criticism and 20th century poetry, and also teaches in the American Studies program. 



62 



John P. Kearney, professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

He is a 19th century British literature scholar currently working on a book on Dickens. He 

also teaches technical writing. 

Mary K. Pettice, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Houston 

She teaches journalism, creative writing and British literature along with serving as adviser 

to the student newspaper. She is also a published poet and short-story writer. 

Kevin B. Pry, lecturer in English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches dramatic literature, theater workshop and 

^orld literature, and advises the student drama club. 

fudy Pehrson, adjunct assistant professor of English. 

\4.A., University of Michigan; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second Language, 

Hinity College, London. 

Fulbright Professor in China 1996-1997) 

'ehrson teaches English as a second language, journalism and public relations. She serves 

he college as executive director of college relations. 




The English Department offers a major with concentrations in literature, 
communications and secondary education. 



63 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES ^ 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communica- "^ 

tion skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use the ^ 

language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by vi'hich humankind ^ 

thinks and interacts. ^^ 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a variety ^■~ 

of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and social ^ 

service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined with ^ 

majors in other disciplines. ^ 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the college's opportunities for ^ 

foreign travel and study, including the International Student Exchange Program and the ^ 

programs in Cologne, Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. -' 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, ^- 

secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. ^* 

In addition, coursework, but no major or minor, is offered in Russian. The department also ^ 

offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management Department. ^ 

Foreign Languages Program C 

Degree Requirements: r-~ 

No major is offered in foreign language. Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. '^ 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking elementary or secondary ^^ 

certification in a foreign language must take FLG 360 and 2 1 credits in education courses ^^ 

including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and ELM or SED 440. C 

Courses in Foreign Language (FLG): 

260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish ^-^ 

speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography, and r^ 
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits. 

350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of signs r^ 
and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem r^ 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through 

secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. ^-' 

French Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 



64 



Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching 
certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French 1,11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate French I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. Develop- 
ment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on contemporary 
French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of France 
and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in. many registers 
of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a Hstening 
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

?50. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different 
)oints of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

tlO. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French 
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance 
)hilosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will 
)e promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensi\e) 

i20. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of 
^rench Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille. Racine and Moliere. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 



65 



430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological 
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism, 
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, 
Rousseau, T Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, and Baudelaire. Prereq- 
uisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected 
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I 'Absurde. Such 
writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco, Becket will be studied. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and 
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits. (Writing 
Intensive) 

German Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level; FLG 350. (27 credits). For 
teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German I,II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking 
culmres. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - 
listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three levels 
offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical exercises 
and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: GMN 102 
or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and 
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 



66 



316. Composition & Conversation. Intensive practice in the interactive skills of speaking and 
writing. Review of grammar and emphasis of practical situations. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate 
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques 
3f literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

i50. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view. Readings 
n German and English; discussion and writing in German and Enghsh. Prerequisite: GMN 
102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

UO. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for accurate 
ind idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more complex 
grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

tOO-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a 
)articular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

t60. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. Involves 
)oth texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Area 
5, Writing Intensive) 

Russian Program 
degree Requirements: 
Only coursework is offered in Russian. 

'bourses in Russian (RSN): 

'01, 102. Elementary Russian I,II. Introductory courses in Russian. Aimed at developing 
)asic communicative proficiency in Russian. Also offers insights into Russian-speaking 
ultures. 3 credits. 

'01, 201. Intermediate Russian I, II. Continuation of first year. Aimed at building students' 
)roficiency in all four language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at 
;nhancing their knowledge of Russian culture. Prerequisite: RSN 102 or equivalent. 3 
Credits. 

Spanish Program 

degree Requirements: 

degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 



67 



Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching '^ 

certification, FLG 360 is required. ^ 

Minor: 1 8 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation ^^ 

and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. ^ 

Courses in Spanish (SPA): ^ 

101, 102. Elementary Spanish /, //. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing ^ 

basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking ^^ 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate Spanish 1, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year r^ 

Spanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, ^ 

speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of Spanish- ^ 

speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. i*^ 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice m spoken Spanish. Discussions on a wide ^ 

range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 ^^ 
credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical ^^ 

structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills ^ 

through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues, ^i- 

Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) /*" 

320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices. ^ 

Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. /^ 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening ^ 
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of spoken --^ 
Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, announce- 
ments, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the ^ 
Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. ^-~ 

350. Issues in Spanish Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Spain from various ^ 

points of view. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. '^^- 

360. Issues in Latin-American Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Latin America — 

from various points of view. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. ^^ 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and — 

interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English and ^ 

English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. ^ 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding ^ 

68 C 



works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. (Writing Intensive) 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Reading from the 
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movement of the 
century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. (Writing Intensive) 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the 
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. (Writing Intensive) 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations 
before 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA 
202. 3 credits. (Foreign Studies, Writing Intensive) 

Faculty 

Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture, 
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the 
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the 
modern Latin American novel and is particularly interested in the concept of "magical 
realism" as it applies to the works of Gabriel Garcia Marquez. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's short 
fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing a new 
translation of IweiL an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state selection 
committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program and is a member of the 
American Association of Teachers of German task force on distance learning. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, associate professor of French. 

Ph.D., Btyn Mawr College. 

She teaches courses in language, culture and literature and coordinates and supervises study 

programs in France. She is currently interested in methodology and Francophone studies. 



69 




Dr. Stopkie works with students to arrange study-abroad opportunities. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Licenciado en Letras Modernas, Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, Argentina. 
Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes. His special interest is South American travel 
literature of the colonial period. 

Andres Zamora, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles. 

Zamora teaches subjects from basic language to literature, art and culture of the Hispanic 

world. He has worked on Medieval literature, the Golden Age Comedia, Cervantes and the 

Modem Latin American Novel. He is studying the poetics of the Spanish Novel in the 19th 

and 20th centuries. 

Svetlana A. Bird, adjunct instructor in Russian. 

M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical University. 

Bird teaches courses in Russian language, culture and civilization. Her special interests 

include Russian literature, contemporary cinematography and poetry. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches courses in French language, culture and civilization. Her special interests 

include French culture, French language structure and French cooking. 



Leonie Lang-Hambourg, adjunct assistant professor of German. 

M.A., University of Oregon, Diploma Interpreter andTranslator, MuncherDolmetscherschule. 
Experienced as an interpreter and translator, she teaches beginning and intermediate German 
and courses in advanced German grammar and style, as well as conversation and composi- 
tion, translation and business German. 

70 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND AMERICAN STUDIES 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze 
information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history or American studies can lead to a career in teaching at 
the college or high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and 
libraries, joumahsm or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications 
or a number of other professions. 

American Studies Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies. 

Major. AMSlll,211,253,311,485;ART205orMSC120;ENG221,222;GPY211;HIS 
321, 322, and 325 or 326; PHL 240 or REL 120 (39 credits). 

Minor: AMS 1 1 1, 21 1, 253; one course from the following: ART 205, ENG 221, 222. MSC 
120; one course from the following: HIS 321, HIS 322, PHL 240, REL 120; 1 course from 
the following: HIS 325 or 326; and one elective course to be chosen from among courses 
required for the major in American Studies or approved by the Director of the American 
Studies Program (21 credits.) 

Secondan Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS 
360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440. 

Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 

America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3 

credits. 

277. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such genres 
as folk art, folk music, and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and 
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi- 
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be 
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 230. } 

253. Applied American Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in American 
Studies. Students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship. oral 
history, corporate history and historical communication and interpretation. 3 credits. { Cross- 
listed as History 253.} 

377. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technolog\' and 

71 



their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. Prereq- 
uisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

485. American Studies Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue 
in the American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates 
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their educa- 
tional experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in an holistic 
approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits. 

History Program 
Degree Requirements: 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253, two upper-level courses in American history, two 
upper-level courses in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207), two non-western history - 
courses and any two of the following three courses: HIS 301, 321 or 322. For students ^ 
attending graduate school, HIS 499 is strongly recommended (42 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must take HIS r-' 
1 1 1 and 1 12 (instead of 101 and 102), HIS 360 and 21 credits in education courses including 
EDU 1 1 and SED 420, 430 and 440. C 

c 

Minor: HIS 101, 102, 125, 126, 251, 253; one upper-level course in American history and 
one upper-level course in European history (from HIS 205, 206, 207) (24 credits). ^ 

r 
Courses in History (HIS): 

101. Western Civilization to the 14th Century. The development of the western world from 
its Near Eastern and Mediterranean origins to the eve of the Renaissance. 3 credits. 

102. Western Civilization since the 14th Century. A study of how life in the late 20th century 
has been influenced by historical developments in Europe and America, including the growth 
of science, the rise of nation states, social classes and values, and changing views of the world. 
3 credits. 

111. World History to 1500. A study of world history from earliest times to the 16th century 
with emphasis on the world's great cultural traditions and the major transformation of the 
world in terms of cultural, social, political, and technological change. 3 credits. 

112. World History since 1500. A study of world history from 1500 to the present with an 
emphasis on the growing connectedness of the major cultural traditions. 3 credits. 

725. United States History to 1865. The story of America from Columbus through the Civil 
War. 3 credits. ^ 

126. United States History Since 1865. The story of America from Reconstruction to the C 



72 



C 



present. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and the 
development of national political states, especially in the 1 7th and 1 8th centuries. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French Revolution 
and the Industrial Revolution on Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise of class 
antagonisms and national rivalries. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present are 
investigated, with special focus on the role of Germany, the Nazi Era and the post- World War 
II conditions. 3 credits. 

225. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their 
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the 
period disagree. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian society 
struggles to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity, and sectional 
tension. 3 credits. 

227. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led to 
y bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. 3 credits. 



257. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the great 
historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the course covers recent 
nterpretations of American history. 3 credits. 

153. Applied Historical Studies. An introduction to non-teaching careers in history, 
students examine the basics of archival management, museum curatorship. oral history. 
:orporate history and historical communications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as American 
Studies 253.} 

271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions 
)f China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after 
1500. 3 credits. 

273. Modern Africa. African civilization from its origins in the ninth century to the present 
lay, with emphasis on the impact of colonialism, regional distinctions, and the emergence 
)f independent states. 3 credits. 

175. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from its origins to the present, w ith 
;mphasis on the impact of colonialism, the emergence of independent states, relationships 
vith the United States, and the modern regional distinctions. 3 credits. 

73 



r 



277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the 
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey, and ^ 
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel are 
also analyzed. 3 credits. 

279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the 
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial 
control, the crisis of the 1 9th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in 
independence and partition, and with major reference to the contemporary nations and 
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. 3 credits. 

301. European Social History. An inquiry into the lives and experiences of ordinary folk. 
Topics include women, laboring classes, and popular culture. 3 credits. 

307. History of Russia. The development of Russia and the Soviet Union from Kievan 
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon the period since 1600. 3 credits. 

309. France and Germany, A Comparative History. The development and relationships of 
the two nations from the Era of Revolutions to the present will be investigated, with particular 
attention to the nature of their national identity and their political culture. 3 credits. 

321. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History to 1860. An analysis of the 
changing role and status of women, the African- American and native American experience, 
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration, from the European Conquest to the 
Civil War. 3 credits. 

322. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America History Since 1860. An analysis of the 
changing role and status of women, the African- American and native American experience, 
the underclass experience and the impact of immigration and ethnicity from the Civil War 
to the 1990s. 3 credits. 

323. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing on 
cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, Enlightenment 
Rationalism, Transcendentalism, utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, the Progressives, the 
New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New Journalism. 3 credits. 

325. American Business History to 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America from 
the colonial period to 1920. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism and society. 3 credits. 

326. American Business History Since 1920. An analysis of the role of business in America 
during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the 
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govern- 
ment, trade unionism, and society. 3 credits. 

74 



327. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history and social studies at the secondary level. Topics include issues and 
trends in secondary education, history of historical pedagogy, professional development and 
course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the uses of technology and student 
motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required of all history majors seeking secondary 
certification. 

499. Seminar. A comprehensive study of an important historical topic. May be taken more 
than once on different topics. Some seminars may emphasize reading and evaluating 
important works of history; others may emphasize the writing of a research paper based on 
original sources. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His teaching is focused on American history, with a strong specialization in business history. 
Applegate is a historical analyst of the American automotive and grocery chain retailing 
industries. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

Broussard teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications 

concentrate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He is also 

executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of history and religion, director of American Studies 

Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion in America. His scholarship 

pas focused on American folk religion; other interests include religion and literature, peace 

studies, and mysticism. 

Richard A. Joyce, associate professor of history. 

V/.A., San Francisco State College. 

He teaches modem European history and is interested in social and intellectual history. 

Oiane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of history and American Studies. 

V/.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Wenger teaches American Studies and social history with an emphasis on race, class, gender 

md ethnicity. Her research interests include American material culture, comparative history 

)f women, and economic/social history of the Federal period. 



75 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a 
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. Today an 
increasing national need for mathematically prepared individuals has made our program even 
more attractive. Computer scientists, secondary school mathematics and computer science 
teachers, college professors in mathematical sciences, actuaries, operations research ana- 
lysts, and statisticians are in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline 
and problem solving abilities developed in the study of mathematics have long been 
recognized as excellent preparation for numerous and varied areas of work or study. 

The department offers majors in actuarial science, computer science, applied computer 
science, and mathematics, and minors in computer science and mathematics. 

Five students from this department have earned Fulbright Scholarships in recent years for 
graduate study abroad. Graduates have earned Ph.D.s in economics, physics, statistics and 
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. Many 
are Fellows of the Society of Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society. Regularly, many 
of the department's students are named to the Who's Who in American Colleges and 
Universities. 

Actuarial Science Program 

An actuary is a business professional who uses mathematical training to define, analyze and 
solve financial and social problems. Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, 
consulting firms, large corporations, and the federal and state governments. The Society of 
Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society establish and monitor the professional quali- 
fications of actuaries through a series of rigorous examinations. 

The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the mid 1960s 
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. Well over 
100 of the college's alumni work in the actuarial profession. The coursework is selected to 
provide a foundation in mathematics, accounting and economics and to prepare students for 
courses 100-150 of the Society of Actuaries syllabus and parts 1^ of the Casualty Actuarial 
Society syllabus. A student may prepare for additional examinations through independent 
study. Lebanon Valley is the only small undergraduate liberal arts college in North America 
with such an extensive actuarial science major. The college has had nearly 100 percent 
placement of actuarial science graduates, with graduates employed by over 50 organizations. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in actuarial science. 

Major. Three of ASC 385, 481, 482, 484; CSC 125; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 371, 372, 471 
and one of MAS 363 or 335; ECN 101, 102; ACT 151, 152 or 161, 162. (52 credits.) The 
Course 100/ Part 1 examination ofthe actuarial societies must be passed before the end of the 
semester preceding the graduation semester. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

385. The Theory of Interest. Measurement of interest, the time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds and related securities, depreciation and capitalized 

76 



cost. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Actuarial Mathematics I and II. Survival distributions and life tables; life 
insurance; life annuities; net premiums; premium reserves; multiple life functions; multiple 
decrement models; valuation theory forpension plans; the expense factor; and non-forfeiture 
benefits and dividends. Prerequisite: Core. (MAS 111,112, 202, 222; CSC 125). 3 credits 
each. 

484. Casualty Actuarial Mathematics. An introduction to mathematical techniques of 
casualty actuarial work including credibility theory, rate making and loss reserving. Prereq- 
uisite: Core. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 
With new facilities and a wide range of computer equipment, the department offers a flexible 
program in computer science. Two distinct majors offer opportunities and challenges for the 
theoretically minded, and for those whose interests are directed towards applications. 

The program in computer science was recently revised and all courses were modified to 
reflect the latest changes in the field, both in hardware and in software. The result is a compact 
sequence of courses of introductory material and in specialized advanced topics that allow 
immediate adaptation of the state of the art, and to the interests of the students. 

The departmental computer lab is equipped with a graphics workstation, networked Unix and 
personal computers, and a wide variety of other equipment. Network connections with other 
labs, classrooms, and the Internet, make a wide variety of systems easily accessible. 
Independent study and internship opportunities encourage diversity and flexibility in 
preparation of leaders in the rapidly changing information world. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in applied computer science: Bachelor of 

Science degree with a major in computer science. 

Major: (Applied Computer Science) CSC 125. 148.249,282,321,448,481 or 344. 400 or 
500; ENG 2 1 or 2 1 6; MAS 1 1 1 or 1 6 1 , 25 1 . 270; 1 5 coordinated hours in an area of computer 
application to be arranged with adviser (51-53 credits). 

Ma>/v (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148,249,282,321. 344, 48 1.482 or 448. 400 or 500: 
ENG 210 or 216; MAS 111,112, 202, 222, 251, 270 (52 credits). 

Minor: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 148, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or 
higher; MAS 161,251 (21 credits). 

Note: No course outside of the core (MAS 111,112, 202, 222. CSC 125) may be used to meet 
the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of Mathematical 
Sciences. 

77 



Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

125. Computer Tools: An Introduction to Computer Science. Introduction to fundamental 
concepts of computer science through exploration of application software. Topics include: 
information storage, retrieval, and communication, user interfaces, algorithms, spreadsheet, 
data bases, and expert systems. 3 credits. 

148. Computers and Programming in Pascal. Introduction to programming in Pascal. 
Prerequisite: CSC 125.3credits. Astudentmaynotreceive credit toward graduation for CSC 
148 after completing CSC 249 or the equivalent. 

170. Computers and Programming in Basic. Introduction to the basic concepts and 
terminology of computer hardware, software, operating systems and languages. Program- 
ming in Basic. Cannot be used toward a major in computer science or applied computer 
science. 3 credits. 

249. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C language. Functions, strings, 
pointers, structures, files, objects, libraries and multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3 
credits. 

282. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables and networks. Prerequisite: CSC 
249, MAS 251. 3 credits. 



-^ t 



^ < 



— < 



321. Survey of Computer Languages: FORTRAN, COBOL, and C. Syntax, mechanics of ^ 
writing programs, and evaluation of the languages. Prerequisite: CSC 148. 3 credits. — 4 



^ « 



344. Computer Architecture with MACRO. The organization of computers. Topics include 
instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts. Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits. ^ 4 



-i 

^-^ 



448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC 

282. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science 1, II. Topics to be selected from current 
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler 
construction, operating systems, networks, and artificial intelligence. Prerequisites: CSC 
282; MAS 251. 3 credits per semester. 

Mathematics Program 
The increasing role of technology in modem society and the broadening scope of the 
scientific paradigm have generated a growing need for mathematicians in business, industry 
and government. Also, the national goal of improving the mathematical competence of high 
school graduates has created a demand for teachers and professors in mathematics that will 
not subside for many years. — ; 

The department, highlighted in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publica- ^, ^ 
tion. Models that Work, continues its reputation of preparing its students for a variety of ^ ": 

78 



mathematical specialties by maintaining high standards of performance. A full roster of 
traditional courses, seminars, and independent study prepares our students for a career or 
graduate study. 

A group of core courses sets the foundations of mathematical knowledge and gives the 
student time to discover the direction of his or her interest. Advanced courses prepare the 
student for graduate study, the teaching profession, and a variety of careers in statistics, 
operations research, and research and development in industry and business. 

Close cooperation with other departments allows the student also to have a major or minor 
in another field to enhance the opportunities after graduation. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 111.112, 202, 222, 25 1 ; five additional MAS courses numbered 200 or higher 
subject to: no more than one numbered below MAS 300. at least one of 270 or 372, at least 
oneof 322, 325,411. 412, atleastoneof 335, 363; MAS498.MAS499; CSC 125 (39credits). 

Minor: MAS 161, 162; 202 or 251; 222; three courses from CSC 148 or MAS courses 
numbered 200 or higher (22 credits). 

The mathematics minor is not available for actuarial science majors. No course outside of the 
:ore(MAS 111,1 12,202,222; CSC 1 25) may be used to meet the requirements of more than 
Dne major or minor within the Department of Mathematical Sciences. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics 
nust complete a mathematics major which includes MAS 322. 325, 360; must take CSC 148; 
md must take EDU 1 10, and SED 420, 430 and 440. 



'oiirses in Mathematics (MAS): 
^00. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Topics may 
nclude: patterns and inductive reasoning, calculators, number systems, nature of algebra, 
nterest. installment buying, and geometric concepts. 3 credits. 

W2. Pre-Calculus, Algebra and Trigonometry. A review of college algebra and trigonom- 
etry. Algebraic expressions and equations, inequalities, absolute value, exponents, logarithms, 
unctional notation, graphs of functions, systems of equations, modeling and work problems, 
tngular measurement, trigonometric functions, identities, formulas, radian measure, graphs 
)f trigonometric and inverse functions. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 111. 1 6 1 , or the equivalent. 

'11, 112. Analysis I, II. A rigorous calculus sequence for departmental majors and other 
;tudents desiring a theoretical presentation of elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement 
esting or MAS 102. 5 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit toward 

79 



graduation after completing MAS 161, 162 or the equivalent. ^ 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to finite mathematics with emphasis on economic and ^ 

business applications. Include sets, lines and systems of equations, matrices, linear program- ^ 

ming, probability, statistics, Markov processes, mathematics of finance. 3 credits. A student "^ 

may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 6 1 , 1 62, or the equivalent. ^ 

r 

161. Calculus I. The first course of a calculus sequence with emphasis on applications. "^ 

Functions and limits, differentiation, integration, introduction to logarithm and exponential ^ 
functions. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. 3 credits. A student may not receive ^ 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 1 1 1 or the equivalent. ^ 

r 

■^ 

162. Calculus II. Continuation of topics from MAS 161. Additional applications of ^ 
differentiation and integration, logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric ' 
and hyperbolic functions, improper integrals, Hopital's rule, infinite series, and conic 
sections. Prerequisite: MAS 161. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward 
graduation after completing MAS 1 12 or the equivalent. 

170. Elementary Statistics. Elementary descriptive and inferential statistics. Topics include 
graphical representation, measure of central tendency, probability, binomial distribution, 
normal distribution, hypothesis testing, and estimation. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit toward graduation after completing MAS 372 or the equivalent. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory and cardinal numbers. ^ 
Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^ 

261. Calculus III. Continuation of Analysis I, II and Calculus I and II. Prerequisite: MAS ^ 
1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^ 

222. Linear Algebra. Vectors, matrices, and systems of equations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 ^ 
or MAS 162. 3 credits. ^ 

257. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and the '^ 
information sciences logic, boolean algebra, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, 
induction, relations, and finite graphs. Prerequisite: MAS 111 or MAS 161. 3 credits. A 
student may not receive credit toward graduation after completing MAS 202 and 371. 

266. Differential Equations. First and second order differential equations, partial differential 
equations. Prerequisite: MAS 211. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. An advanced version of MAS 170. Prerequisite: MAS 111,161 
or permission of instructor. 3 credits. (Credit may not be received for both MAS 1 70 and 270. ) 

322. Abstract Algebra. Fundamentals of groups, rings, fields. Prerequisite: MAS 222. 3 credits. 



80 



325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of Absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom- 
etries. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

335. Operations Research I. Linear programming, dynamic programming, integer program- 
ming, queueing theory, project scheduling, stochastic simulation, and decision analysis. 
Prerequisite: MAS 222, 371. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation 
for both MAS 335 and BUS/ECN 322. 

336. Operations Research II. Continuation of topics from MAS 335, and selected topics 
from goal programming, network analysis, game theory, stochastic processes, inventory 
theory, forecasting, and reliability. Prerequisite: MAS 335. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for those preparing to 
teach mathematics at the secondary level. Topics include: issues and trends in mathematics 
education, history of mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development 
resources, teaching techniques, and use of technology. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root-finding 
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, Monte Carlo methods, optimization, 
least squares. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162 and CSC 125. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. Random variables, discrete and continuous and distribu- 
tions. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. A theoretical introduction to estimation, tests of hypotheses, 
regression, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

411. Real Analysis. Topology of the real numbers. Continuity, convergence. Measure theory. 
Lebesque Integration. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

412. Functions of a Complex Variable. Analytic functions. Cauchy theorem, conformal 
mapping. Prerequisite: Core. 3 credits. 

471. Applied Statistics. An application oriented presentation of analysis of variance, 
regressions, and time series analysis. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

498. Problem Solving/Recreational Math. A survey of interesting, challenging, and enter- 
taining problems with emphasis on problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 

499. Famous Problems. A survey of famous problems from mathematics; sohed and 
unsolved, ancient and modern. Prerequisite: Core. 1 credit. 



81 



Faculty 
Lee A. Chasen, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. 

Awarded a Fellowship in the NExT Program for new mathematics teachers. Chasen has 
strong interests in undergraduate teaching, technology in the classroom, and computer 
science. He is adviser to the Math Club and newly formed Juggling Club. He also coaches 
the Putnam Mathematics Competition Team. 

Michael D. Fry, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician, Fry heads the 

Computer Science Program and is the adviser for Computer Science students. Trained as a 

mathematician, he has special interests in graphics, fractals, operating systems and computer 

architecture. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. Coordinator, Actuarial 

Science Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Coordinator of the Actuarial Science program and Department Chairman, Hearsey is an 

Associate of the Society of Actuaries. He is an active member of the academic actuarial 

community including membership on the SOA Career Encouragement Committee, and is the 

SOA Liasion to the Mathematical Association of America. 

Joerg W. P. Mayer, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University ofGiessen. 

Mayer has extensive experience in undergraduate and graduate teaching, and in government 

and industrial consulting. His teaching interests lie in advanced mathematics and basic 

computer science. He has had textbooks published in both areas. 

Mark A. Townsend, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

A winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching, Townsend is recognized for 

his exceptional interest and concern for students. His interests include numerical analysis, 

teaching methods and classroom innovation for both mathematical science majors and math 

students in general. He also enjoys teaching elementary computer science. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, assistant professor of mathematical sciences 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

The latest addition to the department, Yarnall joins us after teaching at The College of 

William and Mary for three years, where he was named by a student publication as one of the 

best professors on campus. His mathematical interests are in harmonic analysis, and he also 

has studied computer science, especially operating systems and language design. 



82 




Professor Chasen works with his classes to make mathematics interesting and fun. 



Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences. 

M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching students with "math 

anxiety." He teaches the pre-calculus course and concepts of mathematics. He is a winner 

of the Knisely Teaching award. 

Paul Henning, adjunct instructor in mathematical sciences. 

M.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Henning is a retired insurance executive and teaches a variety of mathematics courses. 

John F. Nau Jr., adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Interested in mathematical modeling in teaching systems management. Teaching specialty 

is applied mathematics. Nau teaches evening courses. 



83 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College liberal 
arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years results in 
no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various roles of 
Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and oral commu- 
nication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will 
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army 
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who desire 
to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Professor of Military Science, 
Dickinson College, 717-245-1221, for further information. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic 
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, cross-country skiing, white-water rafting, leadership 
exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and formal social functions. Program participants 
may also apply for special training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault and 
northern warfare schools. 

Financial Assistance: Books and equipment for military science courses and the ROTC 
program are provided free of charge to all cadets. All juniors and seniors in the ROTC 
program (Advanced Course) and scholarship cadets are paid a tax-free subsistence allow- 
ance of $150 per month and receive certain other benefits. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC scholarships based on merit are available. Scholarships are 
awarded in four varieties or tiers. Tier I provides $12,800 annually in tuition assistance 
coupled with $450 in book fees and $150 per month ($1,500 annually) in spending money. 
Tier II provides $9,000 annually with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier III 
provides $5,000 annually, with the same book fee and spending allowance. Tier IV provides 
$3,000 annually and the monthly spending allowance. Cadets and other Lebanon Valley 
students may compete for three-year and two-year scholarships. Recipients agree to a service 
obligation. Lebanon Valley will provide a supplement to the Tier I and II scholarships. For 
more information, contact the Professor of Military Science at 717-245-1221. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program in 
the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic 
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student 
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate. 

Advanced Leadership Practicum: The practicum consists of a six-week summer training 
program at an Army installation that stresses the application of military skills to rapidly 
changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make sound decisions, to 
direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to meet the mental and 
physical challenges presented to them. Completion of this practicum is required prior to 
commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior years. Participants 
receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 

84 



Degree Requirements: 

Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 327. 

Courses in Military Science (MIL): 

101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and 
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading, 
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies, 
public speaking, and leadership. Meets one hour per week; two or three Saturdays of 
adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each semester. 

201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the 
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems 
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester; two or three 
Saturdays of adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each 
semester. 

301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations 
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and to 
get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite; Open only to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

401, 402. Command and Staff Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision- 
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics, and administration. Meets 
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite. Open onh to 
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

Faculty 
Harry D. Owens, professor of military science. 
J.D., University of Detroit School of Law. Lieutenant Colonel. United States Army. 

Daniel A. Daley, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S.. Appalachian State University. Captain, i'nited States Army. 

Robert F. Hepner, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S.. Mansfield University (f Pennsylvania. Captain. United States .Army. 

Edward J. Siegfried, assistant professor of military science. 

B.S., North Carolina Agricultural andTechnical State University. Captain. L nited Slates. Army. 

Johnny E. Jackson, senior instructor in miliiar\ science. 
Master Sergeant, United States Army. 

Victor L. Cobb, training and operations non-commissioned officer. 
Sergeant First Class. United States Army. 

85 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of three areas : music, music education, 
or music recording technology. Each student, regardless of major, is required to take a core 
of courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course 
work particular to his/her area of interest. 

Music Program 
Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice, each to be determined by jury . 
Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found 
in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To prepare for proficiency juries, students 
can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be in at least one major performing 
ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert 
Choir, or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to 
12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal 
instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in that 
instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the same time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in 
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson per 
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the jazz studies concentration will 
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The 
theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual 
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. B.A. in music students are expected to 
give a one-half junior recital, and a full senior recital. These are given in consultation with 
and at the recommendation of their private instructor and a pre-performance jury. Concen- 
trations identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, 
voice, instrumental, sacred music, jazz studies, and theory /composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music. 

Majors: Core courses in all music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 117, 1 18, 215, 
217, 246, 328, 341 and 342. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 540 for B.A. 
candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602. 603 or 604 each 
semester, exceptions noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 216,233,326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 316, 351, 
and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred Music 
concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: MSC 120, 
218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329, 
416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 



86 



Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 100, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 341 or 342 plus one music literature 
elective: MSC 120, 200, 341 or 342. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and must 
Darticipate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 

Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a wide 
■ange of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination. 
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps to 
levelop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance 
ibility appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their degree program. 
Derformance readiness, and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

199. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satisfactory/ 

jnsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music designed 
:o increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides their own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Harmony I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization of 
Tielodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

116. Harmony II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh chords, 
lonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 2 credits. 

117. Ear Training and Sight Singing I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales. 
;riads and simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits. 

118. Ear Training and Sight Singing II. A continuation of MSC 1 17. emphasizing clef 
"eading, modality, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic 
patterns. Music core course. 2 credits. 

120. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. 3 credits. 

123. Brass I. A study of the trumpet and trombone. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
1 credit. 

124. Brass II. A study of the remainder of the brass family (horn, baritone, tuba). Emphasis 
on pedagogical techniques. Mixed brass ensemble experience. 1 credit. 

87 



127. Percussion I. A study of the snare drum. 1/2 credit. 



r 

r 



200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus on ^ 
genre and period studies. 3 credits. 



r 



215. Harmony III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dominants, ^ 
augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. Music 
core course. 2 credits. 



r 
r 

C 



216. Harmony IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including modal and 
whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and various rhyth- 
mic and metric procedures. 2 credits. ^ 

217. Ear Training and Sight Singing HI. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing ^ 
chromatic materials and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music ^ 
core course. 2 credits. ^ 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision ^ 
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 1 15, 1 16, and 215.2 credits. ^ 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors ^ 



c 



in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing, 
notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. { Cross-listed as Elemen- 
tary Education 220. } ^ 

228. Percussion II. A study of the remainder of the percussion instruments (timpani, bass ^ 
drum and others). 1/2 credit. ^ 



231. Woodwind I. A study of the woodwind family (flute, oboe, saxophone, bassoon). 1 credit. 

232. Woodwind II. A continuing study of the woodwind family. 1 credit. 



c 
c 
c 



233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, ^ 
Italian, and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concen- 
tration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits 



246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10 and permission. 1-3 credit(s). 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 



c 

c 
c 
c 
c 
c 
c 
c 
c 
c 



315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
*vork in all the species. 2 credits. 

U6. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the keyboard, 
ransposition, and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is required for 
idmission to the course. 2 credits. 

U6. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching repertoire. 
Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the works 
tudied. 2 credits. 

'27. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
essons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
>rocedures. become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching procedures 
n a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will be 
tudied. 2 credits. 

28. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound 
orms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily 
pon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual 
nalysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

29. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite, 
|omplex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music. 

credits. 

33. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
eneral music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
aried approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications, 
nd analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

34. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
ppropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. 3 credits. 

35. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, and 
lethods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching band) 
om elementary through high school levels. 3 credits. 

36. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per w eek 
here they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

37. String I. A study of violin, viola, cello, string bass. 1 credit. 

38. String II. A continuation of MSC 337. 1 credit. 



89 



341. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in ^ 
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments and ^ 
illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. 3 credits. y^ 

342. History and Literature of Music H. A survey course in the history of Western music " 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments ># 
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core course. '■- 
3 credits. ^ 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental ^- 

groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. 2 credits. '^ 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without "- 

baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 2 credits. ^ 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest ^ 
times to the present day. 2 credits. " 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various methods ^- 
of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical materials for ^ 
all levels are included. 2 credits. s, 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of band ^ 

and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. s» 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's ^ 

performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory ,^ 

situation. 2 credits. ^ 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the >, 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary to ^ 
be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and the 
selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students. 
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. w 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring * 

transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on >.,. 

practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis /-- 
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the r~ 
church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and tech- 
niques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 credits. ^ 



^- 



90 



t41. Student Teaching. Music education majors spend a semester in the music department 
)f a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. Prerequisites: 

1 ) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995). 

2) successful completion of piano and voice juries. 

3) completion of music core courses and MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 
316, 333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 110. 

4) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
college cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic area. 
8/4 for a total of 12 credits. 

00. Independent Study. See requirements on page 27. 1-3 credit(s). 

10. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills, 
'reparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

20. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for but not restricted to music majors with minimal 
ocal skills. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

30. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

40. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

00. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
tudent prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given 
3r one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over 
le last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

lusic Ensembles 

01. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
;udents by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for music 
ducation majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the general 
ducation requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

02. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to 
11 students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrangements 
f standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

03. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
cond semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 

ccasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open to 
II students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 



91 



604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs chamber 
vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 

Music Education Program 
The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, is 
designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through grade 12, 
instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education major prepare 
the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of Education and are 
administered by competency jury . Students participate in student teaching in area elementary 
and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student teaching semester, each 
student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the student teaching semester, 
the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education. 

92 



Ausic Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 123, 124, 127, 216, 228, 231, 232, 316, 
i33, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 345 or 347, 416, 441; EDU 1 10; PSY 210, 220; and a 2.50 
umulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only 
)ne half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student teaching 
emester if they are preparing a recital. 

Music Recording Technology Program 
he Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology (B.M.) is designed to 
repare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording 
idustries. 

degree Requirements: 

)egree: Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology. 

iusic Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 2 1 9, 277, 278, 37 1 , 372. 38 1 , 
82, 400, 471, 473, 474; PHY 103, 104, 203, 212, 350; and MAS 102 (or higher). 

"ourses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

179. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed through 
lass demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and discrimi- 
ating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to various 
roduction styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

77. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal and 
:oustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal process- 
ig. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects. 3 credits. 

78. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through class 
iscussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI 
chnology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the studios 
)r assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits. 

71. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates. 
)ngwriting and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and 
;cording contracts. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission ofthe instructor. (Writing Intensive) 

72. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre- 
urship, promotion, advertising, and distribution; music for telecommunications and new 

kedia. Prerequisite: MRT 371 and permission ofthe instructor. 3 credits. (Writing Intensive) 

51. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing on 
tnmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit. 

52. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and 
■acticed. These include musicality. client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An individual 

93 



emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, organizational, and 
personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. Prerequisite: 
MRT381. 2 credits. 

471. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination ofthe principles and applications 
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed 
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer- 
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media apphcations. 
Prerequisite: MRT 382. 3 credits. 

473. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are 
exposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging, 
animation, 3-D modeling, and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages such 
as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and projects. 
Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits. 

474. Interactive Media Production. Using developed skills in music, recording arts, and 
computer systems students will work with multimedia authoring systems to design and 
complete a project. Emphasis is on appropriate use of technology, creativity, and function- 
ality of product design. Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and 
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites: 
MRT 382 and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken 
either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the 
last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed, 
allows students to relocate for the term. If a full-time internship is chosen, then Interactive 
Media Production will be waived. 

500. Independent Study. 1-3 credit(s). 

Faculty 
George D. Curfman, professor emeritus of music education. Acting chairperson, Fall 1996. 
Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He serves as a consultant/clinician for the Pennsylvania Music Educators Association and 
advises the campus Pennsylvania Collegiate Music Education Association. 

Johannes M. Dietrich, assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods courses, and the music history sequence. He 

directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and 

performs solo recitals. 



94 



Scott H. Eggert, associate professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, composition, music history, class and appHed piano. He is 

active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Robert H. Hearson, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 

A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music 

education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is 

founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the 

LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active as 

a performer, clinician, adjudicator, and guest conductor. 

Barry R. Hill, assistant professor of music. 

M.M., New York University. 

Hill is the director of the music technology program. A member of the National Academy of 

Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience including record 

production, interactive media, MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement, and studio/system 

design. He teaches music technology courses, supervises development of the on-campus 

studios, and administers the internship program. 

Mary L. Lemons, assistant professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and 

supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC student chapter. 

[ark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 

).M.A.. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

lis doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music education, 
md voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves 
IS adjudicator, clinician, and consultant. 

'hilip G. Morgan, associate professor of music. 
'.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas). 

organ teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and 
ocal literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, oratorios, and chamber recitals in the 
pnited States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows. 

uzanne Caldwell Riehl, assistant professor of music. 
jVf.M.. Westminster Choir College. 

iehl teaches applied organ and piano, class piano and sacred music courses. She performs 
requently in solo organ and harpsichord recitals. 

"homas M. Strohman, instructor in music. 
IS., Lebanon Valley College. 

95 



He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies, and directs the jazz ensembles. A 
founding member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and 

piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Teresa R. Bowers, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Ohio State University. 

Bowers teaches applied flute, double reeds, flute pedagogy, and conducts the flute ensemble. 

She is a member of Duo Francais, a flute-harp duo. and appears as a recitalist and clinician. 

Erwin P. Chandler, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Indiana University. 

He teaches applied horn and is active as a composer/arranger and conductor. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass 
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician. 

Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., Temple University . 

Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 

D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading Symphonies. 

Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "BasicTy Brass," a professional brass 

quintet. 

Scott Fredrickson, adjunct associate professor of music. 

D.A., University of Northern Colorado. 

Director of the Music Business Program at University of Massachusetts-Lowell, Fredrickson 

teaches the music industry courses for the music technology program at LVC. He has 

extensive experience in the music industry as composer, producer, musician, and clinician. 

He has authored two textbooks on scat singing and show choir methods, and is President of 

Scott Music Publications, a music publishing company. 

Nevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music. 

M.F.A., Ohio University. 

Knisley performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer. 

She serves as faculty adviser to Sigma Alpha Iota, the women's music fraternity. 

96 



James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons and class guitar. 

Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Towson State University. 

Teaching class voice and private lessons, she is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in 

Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

Robert Siemers, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.M., Eastman School of Music. 

He teaches applied piano and is an active performer in the region. 

David Still, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University' 

He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway 

projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility designer. 

and producer, including Grammy-winning projects for Muddy Waters. He teaches the 

musical acoustics and audio electronics classes for the music technology program. 

William F. Stine, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.M., West Chester University. 

A music educator for Manheim Township School District and owner of Underground Sound 

recording studio. Stine has years of experience in music performance, education, and 

production. He teaches an advanced recording production class for the music technolog) 

program, emphasizing real-world experiences and one-on-one supervision for students. 

Edward VanLandeghem, adjunct instructor in music. 
B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

VanLandeghem is a mastering engineer for KAO Optical Products in Lancaster, Pa. He 
teaches an advanced recording production class for the music technology program, empha- 
sizing real-world experiences and one-on-one supervision for students. 



97 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the college does not offer a major in physical education, two units of physical 
education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of good 
health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic movements. 
The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight control 
and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. About 
eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and weight 
control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement, and flexibility training. 

125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf 

735. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition 
used in racquetball. 

146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in singles 
and doubles. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water 
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength 
and cardiovascular endurance. 

167. Scuba. Instruction by certified dive shop. Learn to use the equipment in sports center 
pool and then go to various sites for dives. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding program 
is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge necessary to 
keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After successfully 
completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge, and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 



98 



Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

170. Skiing. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction at Blue Marsh Ski Area. 

180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, emphasiz- 
ing team concepts. 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of 
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking 
the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit 
waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one 
semester of marching band, or one semester of military science (Army ROTC Cadets only). 
Students must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 

O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. Program director. 
M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness and weight training classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse 
rate and recovery, strength testing devices and workout charts. He also mstructs team 
activities such as Softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic program are track and 
field and cross country. 



99 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 
Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement oi 
experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at Lebanon! 
Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws dealing with 
motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure, 
and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physicistsi 
and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibilities include 
technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their professional 
training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other professional 
schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the fourth floor of the Garber Science 
Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department maintains an x-ray 
laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics laboratory, electronics laboratory, and nuclear 
physics laboratory. Students majoring in physics also have the opportunity to use equipment 
(e.g., electron microscope, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer) 
maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid 
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research, and participate in the local 
chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, supported by 
college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A student can 
spend a semester, typically in the senior year, as a physics student at Lancaster University 
in England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness 
of an international experience. 

The Physics Department also directs the "3+2" Engineering program. For details see 
Cooperative Programs, page 24. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12, 21 1, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, plus six additional semester hours above 21 1 
(at least two in experimental physics) ; MAS 1 6 1 , 1 62, 2 1 1 and 266 or MAS 111,112,211 
and 266. (43-46 credits) 

Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 211; MAS 1 1 1 
or 161. (21-23 credits) 



100 



Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in physics must 
take PHY 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10andSED420,430and 

440. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some ot the important 
concepts ol physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific methcxJ. its nature and 
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other 
disciplines and to society and government arc considered. The weekly two-hour laborator\ 
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation, and analysis of experimental 
data, and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits. 

103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 

laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 
4 credits per semester. 

///, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical ph>sics. designed 
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is 
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second 
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161.4 credits per semester. 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis, and synthesis of waves and 
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical 
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 103 or 112 or 
permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including the 
foundation of atomic ph\ sics. quantum theory of radiation, the atomic nucleus. radioacti\ it\ . 
andnuclearreactions. with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PH^' 104 or I 12.M.AS 
III or 161. or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including 
diodes, transistors, pow er supplies, amplifiers, oscillators. s\\ itching circuits, and integrated 
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PH"^' 104 or 112. or permission. 
4 credits. 

302. Optics. A stud\ o\ the pin sics o^ light, with emphasis on the mathematics o\ \va\e 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic \\a\es. The 
course also includes geometric optics w ith applications to thick lens, lens systems, and fiber 
optics. Prerequisites: PH^■ 1 12 and .\1.\S I 12. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. .\ stud\ o\ the pli\ sics o\ heat, u ith emphasis on the first and second 
laws o{ ilierniod\iuimics. Applications o\ thermodynamics to physics and engineering are 

101 



included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. Prerequisites: 
PHY 112 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

! 
311, 312. Analytical Mechanics 1, 11. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including thej 
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles, and the motion of a rigid body. 
Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description of rigid i 
body motion, and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among the topics 
treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism 1, 11. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag-i 
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. 
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current 
circuits, the Maxwell field equations, and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are 
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics 1, II. Experimental work selected from the area of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear physics, 
with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques, and analysis of data. Prereq- 
uisite: PHY 211. 1 credit per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications 
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency , bandwidth, modulation, and 
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized. 
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs, and problems in the teaching of physics 
in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics 1, 11. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing 
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as 
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation 
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where appro- 
priate. Prerequisites: PHY 21 1 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical 
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of 
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded 

102 



surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests include 
electronics and experimental design. 

J. Robert O'Donnell, professor emeritus of physics. 

M.S., University of Delaware. 

He is interested in the physics of music, including the acoustical properties of the guitar. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, professor emeritus of physics. 

Ph.D., University oj Pennsylvania. 

His background is nuclear physics with interests in the relationship of physics and society. 

William Robert Miller Jr.. adjunct professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background is experimental solid state physics with interests in mathematical methods 

in physics. 

Arlen J. (Ireiner, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Franklin and Marshall Collei^e. 

Having been an engineer for RCA and GE forever 25 years, his background includes physics 

and engineering with a specialization in electronics. 




Profess(>r Diiy \V(>rks with sfuihnis on nuiisurin\; the chari^e-lt'-nuiss ratio of electronics. 



103 



DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS 

Political Science Program 
Political scientists study government and politics with a particular interest in the political 
behavior of individuals, groups, and institutions. Many pre-law students major in this 
discipline (see page 106 for offerings in the pre-law program). Other majors have gone on 
to graduate school or careers in politics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: PSC HI, 112, 130, 210, 220, 350 and six additional elective courses in political 
science (36 credits). 

Minor: PSC 1 1 1, 1 12, 130, 210, 220, and one additional elective course in pohtical science 
(18 credits). 

Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

111. American National Government I. The nature of American democracy, constitutional 
foundations of American government, the federal system, civil rights and liberties, political 
behavior, political parties, and campaigns and elections. 3 credits. 

112. American National Government II. The structures and functions of American govern- 
ment (Presidency, Congress, courts, and bureaucracy), and the foreign and domestic policy 
making process. 3 credits. 

130. International Politics. The origin, forms, dynamics, and prospects of the international 
political pattern, with emphasis on current developments and changing concepts in world 
politics. 3 credits. 

140. Modern Asia. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of modem East 
and Southeast Asia. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic character- 
istics are examined, and particular attention is given to the complex relationship between 
Asia and the West. 3 credits. 

150. Modern Middle East. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of the 
modem Middle East. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic charac- 
teristics are examined and particular attention given to the complex relationship between the 
Middle East and the west. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Government. A comparative study of important political systems of the 
world, including an introduction to the basic methodologies. PSC 111 and 112 strongly 
recommended as preparation. 3 credits. 



104 



211. The Developing Nations. A survey ol ihe developing nations ot Latin America, Asia, 
Africa, and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic and 
international dimensions is ciiiphasi/cd. Prerequisites: PSC I! I/I 12 strongly recommended. 

3 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research 
eniphasi/.ing ilie descriptive and inlereniial statistics used in experiments and correlational 
studies. Prerequisite or coret|uisite: P.SY 100 or 1 20. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 
216.) 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of Western philosophies and theories of government, 

ancient and modern. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 220.) 

25(i. Public Policy Analysis. This course gives students an understanding of the public policy 
process and of policy analysis at the national level of government. The course includes 
theories of policy-making as well as an examination of such substantive policy areas as 
foreign, defense, subsidy, and redistributive policies. Prerequisites: P.SC 1 1 I and I 12. or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The President and Congress. This course will examine the Presidenc\ and Congress as 
institutions and as policy-making agencies of the government. It will focus on the necessan. 
interactions between these two branches of the national gtn eminent. Prerequisite: PSC 1 1 2. 

.?/2. American Foreign Policy. A survey of the external relations o\ the .American 
government, emphasizing 20th centurv developments. Subjects include diplomae\ . military 
affairs, geographic and regional problems, trade and aid, technolog\ and underdevelopment, 
alliances, nuclear problems, and tipposing ideok>gies. PSC I 1 I and 1 12 strong!} recom- 
mended as preparation. 3 credits. 

315. American Constitutional Lmw I. Constitutional law and interpretation and the powers 
of government. Topics include judicial review, national supremacv, private propcrtv, 
contracts, commerce powers, equal rights, and civil liberties. PSC 1 I I and I 12 stronglv 
recommended. 3 credits. 

M6. American Constitutional Imw li. Constitutii>nai law and inter}iretation and the Bill of 
Rights, limphasis is given to civil liberties, equal rights, and rights of the accused. PSC 1 1 1 
and 1 12 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The tiv iiamics ot the electoral priK-ess. w iih emphasis on presidential 
and congressiiMiai elections aiul the vo\c o\' parties, public opinion, and interest groups. 3 
credits. 

.?.?f>. State and local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of slate and 
local political svstems and the majiM' inter governmental problems in state and kval 

ivIatuMis with the federal governmeni. 3 credits. 

lOS 



350. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors to 
pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar 
is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference. 3 credits. 
Prerequisites: major in political science and junior or senior standing. 

415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development 
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law. 
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 111, 112 or permission of 
the instructor. 3 credits. 

420. Seminar in World Politics. A consideration of significant theories of international 

relations and their applicability to such selected contemporary issues as superpower rela- 
tions, conflict resolution, arms control, and economic interdependence. Prerequisites: PSC 
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 
Economists study the economic system and the actors and factors within that system. In 
addition to the traditional major in economics which deals with decisions and choices made 
by individuals and firms, the department offers a concentration in public policy. This 
concentration includes courses in political science as well as government service-oriented 
internships and emphasizes the application of economic methodology and analytical tools to 
the choices made by society as a whole. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; ACT 161; MAS 150 or 161 or 111; MAS 170 or 270 or 372 (36 credits). 

Major: (Economics: Pubhc Pohcy Concentration) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 250, 321, 400, 
410, and 315 or 316; PSC HI, 112 and 250; and ACT 161, MAS 150, MAS 170 or 270 or 

372 (48 credits). 

Minor: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional economics elective 
course (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups hke 
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered 
remain current but may include the environment, income distribution, education, race, 
gender, trade, growth and unemployment. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 



106 



101. Principles oj Microeconomics. The study of how individuals and firms make choices 
within the institution of free-mari<et capitahsm. Individuals decide how much of their lime 
to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. Firms decide how much 
to produce and in some cases what price to charge lor (heir goods. Together these choices 
determine what is produced, how it is produced and lor whom it is produced in our economic 
system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with ihe economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment. 
and economic growth. Fimphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they 
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these \ ariables and reach 
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101.3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course co\ers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer and 
firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and 
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications tor social 
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are 
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students de\ elop a model of the 

macroeconomy which permits them tt) analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built intt) the model can be altered, rendering it capable oi examining the 
macroeconomy from \ arious theoretical \ iewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation 
and economic gri)wth, the course ct>\ers real business cycles, rational expectation and 
Kicardian equiv alence and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macriKconomics. 
Prerequisites: HCN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This ctiurse is the foundation course for the curriculum in 
Public Policy, it concerns itself with how individuals and groups make decisions in the 
context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the government. It gi->es bcsond 
individual choice and private markets to group interests and acti\ ities. It emphasizes the 

ethical and political nature o^ all economic choice^. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 
3 credits. 

M2. Money and Hanking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the de\elopment and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and moneiar\ and banking theor\ . polic\ and practice. The course 
considers the political nature of mone\ and the tension between tlscal and moneiar\ [>olic\ 
makmg. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

.?/-V Health Care Finance and Economics . .\nal\ sis oftheeconi>mic problems of health and 
niciiical care to determine how to pro\ ide the best health care to the most jvople in a cost- 
elfcciiNe manner. I-Aamination of the principal elements of health care, mcluding the 

107 



physician, the hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence oil 
government and the insurance industry. All economic analysis will be considered within thei 
context of medical ethics and societal values. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics . Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human? 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs- 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it attaches 
to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays in decisionsi 
affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 andi 
102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application in 
the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the Federal 
Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and the divisiom 
of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 
102. 3 credits. 

322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in 
modem management and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecasting, 
decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and inventory 
models. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and 170. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Business 322.} 

332. International Economics. A study of the theory and practice of international economic 
relations. Includes the history and purpose of trade and the traditional theory of the gains from 
trade, but also the more modern theory of trade with imperfect competition. The history and 
nature of the institutional structures of trade (World Trade Organization) and international 
finance (International Monetary Fund) are covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics and includes 
using a statistical computer program to analyze economic data that is available from the 
Internet. Each student will complete a major research project that involves data analysis. 
Junior and senior policy economics students are expected to pursue a research interest related 
to their internship work. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102, 201, 203 and either 250 or permission 
of the instructor. 

Criminal Justice Program 
For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counseling 
juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses listed below 
constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the 
Political Science and Economics Departments function as advisers for this program. 
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers. 



108 



Dci^ree Requirements: 

There is no majoror minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily combined 
with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined to majors 
in these areas. 

The courses required are as follows: PSC 1 1 2,3 1 5.."^ 1 6.4 1 5: SOC 1 10.331.333: one of the 
tollowing: SOC 27H, SOC 37 1 , SOC 372; six credits of PSC, PSY, SOC, or SWK -WXJ. (30 
credits.) 

Faculty 
I). Kuj»t'ne IJrown, professor ot political science. 
Ph.D., State University of New York at liinj^hamton. 

Brown teaches international studies, with a particular emphasis on Asia. He has written two 
books on American foreign policy and a number of papers, articles, monographs, and book 
chapters on Japanese foreign policy. Brown spent the 199.*^- 1996 academic year teaching at 
Nanjing University in China. 

Paul A. Hei.se, associate professor of economics. 

Ph.D.. New School for Social Research. 

Heise's chief areas of interest are public policy and the history of economic thought. He has 

served in several positions in the Executive Office of the President. He has published in the 

United States and abroad on labor and multinational corporations and on the philosophv oi 

Adam Smith. 

.leanne C. Hey, associate professor of economics. 

Ph.D.. Lehii^h University. 

Heys specialty areas are in economic theorv , econometrics, environmental economics, and 

health economics. Her professional affiliations include the American Economic .Asscviation, 

ihe American Finance Association, and the Association for Evolutionary Economics. 

.lohn I). Norton, professor of political science. Chairperson. 

Pli.D.. American University. 

Norton teaches ci)urses in American government, constitutional law, political theory, and 

American politics. He is the pre-lav\ adv iser for the college. His professional and research 

interests are in the areas of .-Xmerican ConsiitutiiMialism, historv ot political thought, and 

political rhetoric. 



109 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology Program 
The goal of psychology is the scientific description and explanation of behavior. This goal 
is approached in diverse ways: from laboratory experiments on animal behavior at one 
extreme, to clinical interventions having therapeutic behavioral objectives at the other. This! 
diversity makes psychology important to fields such as business, education, and medicine,] 
and makes it an integral part of any liberal arts education. 

The undergraduate major in psychology at Lebanon Valley College incorporates many' 
aspects of psychology. It includes elements of a general education as well as elements more 
specially tailored to each student' s career training. Some students completing the major have 
gone on to prestigious graduate schools while others have utilized their undergraduate 
training to take jobs in their specialty areas immediately upon graduation. The departmental 
degree requirements are sensitive to this career diversity. 

Degree Requirements: 

The courses required of all psychology majors include: The Individual and Society (PSY 
100), General Psychology (PSY 1 10), Experimental Psychology (PSY 210), Psychological 
Statistics (PSY 216), Sophomore Seminar (PSY 299), and the History of Psychology (PSY 
443). These courses provide a firm foundation for specialization in any of the content areas 
of psychology. 

The student majoring in psychology is also expected to focus in one of four content areas: 

(1) clinical and counseling psychology 

(2) experimental psychology 

(3) developmental and school psychology 

(4) industrial/organizational psychology 

The three required courses in an area of specialization are intended to link the liberal arts 
background to specific career goals. 

In addition to these general and specialized courses, all psychology majors are encouraged 
to participate in the educational process beyond the classroom through independent studies, 
laboratory research, and internships. The department is committed to providing opportuni- 
ties for work experiences as a component of the psychology major. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216, 299, 443; one course from: 335, 355, 356, 358; one course 
from 321, 332, 343, 346, 443; and three additional courses from a single specialty area (32 
credits). For a concentration in clinical/counsehng psychology, the additional courses should 
be from 332, 335, 343, 359, 431, 432. For a concentration in experimental/physiological 
psychology, the additional courses should be from 335, 346, 355, 356, 358, 359. For a 
concentration in organizational/industrial psychology, the additional courses should be from 
160, 332, 335, 337, 346, 359. For a concentration in developmental/school psychology, the 

110 



additional courses should be from 160, 220. 321, 322, 326, 332, 343, 346, 359. 

Miiun: PSY 100, I 10, 210, 216 and three elective courses in psychology (22 credits). For an 
emphasis in clinical/counseling psychology , the electives should be from 332. 335. 343. 358. 
43 1 , 432. For an emphasis in experimental/physiological psychology, two of the electives 
should be from 335, 350, 355, 356, 359. 443. For an emphasis in organizational/industrial 
psychology, two of the electives should be from 160. 332. 335, 337, 346. For an emphasis 
in developmental/school psychology, two of the electives should be from 220. 32 1 . 322. 332. 
.343. 

Courses in Psy(h()l()i>\ (f'SY): 

100. Psychology: The Individual and Society. An introduction to psychology as a social 
science. Covers the interactions of the individual and society that influence development, 
learning, motivation, sexuality, and identity, as well as social and emotional adjustment. 3 credits. 

no. General Psychology. A survey course examining the relationship between research and 

theory in the field of psychology. The course is intended to gi\e the student an over\iew of 
all areas of specialization within psychology. 3 credits. 

160. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies, 
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are enct)uraged 
to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and goals. 

iVercquisite: PSY 100. 1 10. 210 or permission. .^ credits. 

210. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. Focuses or. ps>cholog\ as a science. It 
emphasizes laboratory research, and co\ ers topics relevant to scientific research, and science 
in general (e.g.. research design, experimental mcthiKls. data analysis and interpretation, and 
scientific ethics). Topics of experimental psychology (eg. sensor\ and perceptual prcKesses. 
learning and memory. ps\choU>gical testing, and social beha\ iors) are discussed. 4 credits. 

216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. E\aluation of behavioral research 
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experimental research and 
ct)nelational studies. Prerequisite or corequisite: PS"^' 100. I 10. or 210. 3 credits. {Cross- 
listed as Political Science 216.) 

220. Educational Psychology. Studies o\' cogniii\c. behaxioral. emotional and sivial 
l">roces.ses in the school; required for certification in elementar\ and music education. 
Prerequisite: PSY 100. 1 10 or 210. 3 credits. 

299. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in de\ eloping 
skills (hat will help them be more successful in future academic and work settmgs. The 
subjects to be co\ered include current research in psychology and related fields, how to 
improxe writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology how to appl\ tc* a graduate 
program, how to studs for the CiRli. how to choose internships sites and snnilar topics. I 
credit. This w ill be a pass/fail course for all students. 

Ill 



321. Psychology of Child Development. A study of the patterns of cognitive, social and ; 
emotional developmental changes occurring during childhood. Special attention is given to 
research studies, developmental mechanisms and theories of development. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

322. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics 
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development, 
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, emotional development, identity 
and self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisite: PSY 
100, 110, 210 or 216. 3 credits. 

326. Psychology of Adult Development. A study of research literature and theories con- 
cerned with psychological change in the adult, from late adolescence to death. Includes the 
works of such theorists as Maslow and Erikson. Prerequisite: PS Y 1 00, 1 1 0, 2 1 or 2 1 6. 3 credits. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. Introduction to the principles of psychological 
measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and interpretations 
of existing psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110, or 210. 3 credits. 

335. Research Design and Statistics. A survey of experimental designs utilized in psycho- 
logical investigations. Includes factorial experiments, field studies, correlative designs and 
multivariate techniques. Readings are selected from current research in clinical, educational, 
organizational, and laboratory settings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, 216 or permission. 3 credits. 

337. Organizational Psychology. A study of psychological principles as applied to problems 
of organizational behavior, with emphasis on personnel selection, human engineering, group 
dynamics, systems design, training, leadership, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite: 
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits. 

343. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, emphasizing psychoanalysis, 
humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Prerequisite: PSY 
100,1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics covered 
may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person perception, 
attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 110 or 210; junior or 
senior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the 
physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including alcohol, 
marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, LSD and other 
hallucinogens, barbiturates and amphetamines. 3 credits 

355. Learning and Memory. This course surveys psychological research on learning and 

112 



memory. Topics include classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, problem 
solving, basic memory processes, and models of learning and memory. Prerequisite: PSY 

!()(), I 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits. 

356. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. This course focuses on the structures and functions 
ol sensory systems. Ii includes the study of the visual system as a model to delineate 
intormation processing strategies in the eye, the optic nerve, and the brain. The course will 
delineate .sensory from perceptual processes. The perception of visual, olfactory, auditory, 
gustatory and vestibular and cutaneous information will be discussed from experimental, 
physiological, and philosophical perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY KXJ, 1 10, 210 or permis- 
sion. One course in biology is recommended. .3 credits. 

35H. Physiological Psychology. A study ollhe biological mechanisms underlying behavioral 
processes. Focu.ses on the physiology of retlexes, sensation and perception, learning and 
memory, sleep, and motivation and emotion. The laboratory portion of the course includes 
sheep brain dissection and behavioral observation. Prerequisite: PSY 100. 110. 210 or 

permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. (Cross-listed as 
Psychobiology 35S.} 

359. Research Practicum. A course designed to provide students with the opportunity to 
dc\elop a research idea and carry it through to completion. \s ilh literature. re\ ieu proposal, 
pilot study, data analysis, w rite-up, and presentation. The aim of the course is to give students 
practical experience in research so that they have a better appreciation of the nature o'i the 
research process. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and 216 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

•/.?/. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and beha\ ioral 

problems, inclikiing alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and ps\chopathic 
behavior, neuroses. ps\ clKiphysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual de\ iations. subnormal 
intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 100. 1 10 ox 210: junior or senior standing or 
[lermission. 3 credits. 

432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist persons 
and groups. Particular attention is gi\en to assessment. indi\idual and group therap\. 
marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PS^' 100. 1 10 
or 210; PSY 431 or some psychiatri;. experience, or permission. 3 credits. 

443. History and Theory. Studies the history of psychology including philosophical 
concepts, early schools of psychok>gy. important trends, and famous psychologists. Prereq- 
uisites: PSY 1 10; junior or senior standing; or permission. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. Prerequisite; PS^■ 3^*-). This will he graded pass/tail only. 

Fcicuhy 
SaKatorc S. Cullari, professor o\' psychology. Chairj>erson. 
rii.D.. Western Michiiion University. 

113 



His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality and social: 
psychology. His current research areas are in schizophrenia and the study of eating disorders. 

Deanna L. Dodson, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in lifespan development, experimental psychology and research 

methods. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and 

developmental patterns in lateralization. 

Louis Manza, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive psychology, statistics, experimental methodology, 

and the history of psychology. Research interests focus on implicit learning and memory, 

cognition and emotion, attention, and the neurological processes underlying thought processes. 

Steven M. Specht, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton. 

His teaching interests include statistics and experimental design, as well as a variety of areas 

in psychobiology. Current research interests are ingestive behaviors, human taste perception 

and psychobiology. 

Martha Bred, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., Fordham University. 

Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology. 

Dana Irwin, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

His teaching interests are in clinical, personality and abnormal psychology. He is in private 

practice. 

Joseph E. Peters, adjunct associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Supervises the internship students. His research interests are in clinical psychology and 

computer applications to patient management. He is a clinical psychologist at a veterans 

administration hospital. 

Beth J. Shaw, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. 

Her teaching areas are developmental and educational psychology. She is a psychologist at 

Milton Hershey School. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental psychology, neuropsychology and abnormal 

psychology. He is a staff psychologist at a veterans administration hospital. 

114 



DKPARTIVIKN T OF RKLIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

A iiiajor in religion or philosophy may bccoinbinfd with a inajoror minor in another subject. 
Many niajors goon to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and seminaries. Our 
graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry and business. 

Religion Prni^rcini 
The study ot religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning ot the religious 
dimension ol human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various 
historical and contemporary expressions ol the Judeo Christian heritage as well as to the 
diverse religious traditions ot humankind. 

Di'i>ree Reijuircuwnts: 

Decree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 110, 115, 1 16, 201 , ."^1 1, .^12, and fcuir additional courses in religion, of which 
at least one must be in 2()()-ievel courses and one in 3(K)^le\el ct)urses (.^0 credits). 

Minor: REL 110, 1 \5. I 16. one from 201. 252. 311, 312; and \\\o additional courses in 
religion ( 18 credits). 

Courses in Rclii^ion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An e\ploratii)n of the man\ dimensions iif religion as a central 
human experience: sell and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, religion in 
its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

115. World Religions I. Anintroductiontt) the major religions of African and middle-eastern 
(M"igin, with emphasis on Judaism. Christianit\ and Islam. 3 credits. 

116. World Religions II. An introduction to the major religions of far-eastern origin u ith 
emphasis on the religious traditions o\' India. China and Japan. 3 credits. 

I2t). Religion in America. A stud\ ol the origin and dc\ elopment o\ religious expression in 
America. 3 credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study i>f religion in its relation to moral \alues. both personal 
and social. v\ ith em(ihasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Hihlical Literature. .\ stutls ot the Bible, mcluding its literarx forms and its historical 
and social context. 3 credits. 

202. The Prophets. .Stutlies the li\es and writings of the (^Id Testament prophets and an 
analysis o{ their contributions to Judeo-Christian religious ihouiiht. 3 credits. 



115 



211. Life and Teachings of Jesus. An intensive study of the life and message of Jesus as set 
forth in the Gospels. 3 credits. 

212. Life and Epistles of Paul. A study of the life, writings, and theological thought of Paul 
and their relationship with the early Church. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi- 
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis placed on 
field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. {Cross-hsted as American Studies 230.} 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings and 

practices. 3 credits. 

252. Christianity. A study of the development of the major forms of Christianity including 
doctrine, ethics, worship, church structure and relationship to culture. 3 credits. 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice 
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. 3 credits. 

311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the 
Renaissance. 3 credits. 

312. History of Christianity II. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation to 
the ecumenical era. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Sociology 322.} 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction, 
poetry and non-fiction. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the 
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those 
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early 
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 3 credits. 

342. Contemporary Religious Issues. An advanced study of selected authors or problems 
arising in contemporary religion. 3 credits. 

352. Theology Seminar. An intensive study of individual great theologians or theological 
traditions. 3 credits. 



116 



Ph ilosophy Froi^ ram 
Ihc study ol philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening critical and 
analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial questions of 
values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature. 

I)i'i>rec Ri'cjuirciiwnts: 

Deforce: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120. 160. 300: at least one course from PHL 301-336; 12 additional credits in 
philosophy (24 credits). 

Minor: PHL 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; nine additional credits in 
philosophy ( 18 credits). 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

1 10. Introduction to Philosophy. E:\amination ol major philosophical issues and the v\a>s 

major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic iMgic. An intrt)duction to the rules of clear and effecti\e thinking. .-Xttention is 
given to the logic of meaning, the logic of \alid inference, and the logic of factual inquiry. 
Main emphasis is upon deducti\e logic. Students are introduced to the elements of symbolic 
logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of \ aluc> applied to human conduct, u ith 
an examination o^ the responses of majt)r ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and \aluationaI. to be found in the social institutions of politics, law. 
government, and religion. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A sur\e\ of the different Western philosophies and theories o\ 
go\ernment, ancient and modern, but especialK since the l6th centur\. 3 credits. (Cross- 
listed as Political Science 220.) 

230. Philosophy oj Rclii^ion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contempiuan. 
religious and theological thought. The cmirse includes critical examinations of such prob- 
lems as faith and reason; the meaning of re\ elation, symbolism, and language; the arguments 
U)r the existence of CukI; faith and histor\; religion and culture. 3 credits. 

2-fO. American Philosophy. A sur\e\ o\' philosophical thought in the I'mted Stales from 
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the w ork of Peiive. .lames, and Deu e\ . 3 credits. 

300. History of Philosophy. Ihe development ol philosophical thought from the pre- 
Socratics through the hUh centur\. with emphasis on philosoph\ as a discipline of s\sicmalic 
inquiry. 3 credits. 

I " 117 

I 
I 



301-335. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal! 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 credits. 

336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British, andi 
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. 3 
credits. 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and perpetrat- 
ing the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. 3 credits. 

360. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility, 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest, and cost/ 
benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable portion 
of the course is devoted to case analysis. Prerequisite: MGT 330 or PHL 1 10 or by permission 
(management majors must have junior standing). 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and history. Director of American Studies 
Program. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the 
Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include religion and literature, 
peace studies, and mysticism. His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion 
in America, and he also participates in the College Honors program. 

John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

His teaching interests include logic, philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of 

philosophy. He has published articles in major journals and contributed chapters to books in 

his research specialization, the philosophy of perception. His recent interest in the philosophy 

of religion has focused on biblical literature and nineteenth century philosophical theology. 

J. Noel Hubler, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in major world religions and is a specialist in ancient and medieval 

philosophy and Christianity. "^ 

Warren K.A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas, Austin. 

His teaching specialties are philosophical ethics, bioethics, and business and organizational 

ethics. He has a particular interest in the ethical implications of the Holocaust, and has 

recently contributed a chapter for an anthology devoted to philosophy and the Holocaust. 



118 



Mark E. Achtermann, adjunct assistant professor ot philosophy. 
M.A., Chicaf><) 'fhcolo/^ical Seminary. 

He teaches problems of philosophy and is interested in comparative, cross-cultural and cross- 
disciplinary studies. 

Robert W. Dell, adjunct assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

I'll. I).. Drew University. 

His interests are in philosophical theology and computer applications in religion and 

philosophy. 

Donald C. Hoepfer, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He specializes in the history ot philosophy and is a doctoral candidate at Temple University. 

Tara J. Hottenstein, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A.. West Chester University. 

She teaches introductory courses in philosophy. 

Cynthia L. Kirchofl", adjunct assistant professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 

A specialist in analytic philosophy, she has experience in business and teaches courses in 

business ethics. 

David W. Layman, adjunct instrucii)r in religion. 

Ph.D.. Temple University. 

He teaches courses in world religions and problems of philosophy. 

James W. McArdle, adjunct instructor in philosoph\ . 

M.A.. West Chester Lhiiversity. 

He teaches logic and introductory courses in philosophy. 

Elizabeth A. Rohrbach, adjunct instructor in religion. 

M. Div.. Princeton Thcoloi^ical Scnnnarx. 

She works in ctiunseling and leaches \u)rl(.l religions and other introducti^r\ courses. 

Pamela C\ Wallace, adjunct instructor ui religion. 

M. Div.. Lutheran Theoloiiical Sennniiry at Gettysburg. 

She teaches coinses in religii>n and is the director of Christian education at Salem Lutheran 

Church. Lebanon. 



119 



SOCIAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

The college offers a special program for students seeking certification to teach social studies 
in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the social studies 
core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the following disciplines: American 
studies, history, political science, economics, sociology or psychology. Graduation require- 
ments for any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. 
There is no major in social studies. Dr. Howard L. Applegate is the coordinator of the Social 



Program Requirements: 

Social Studies core courses: ECN 101, 102; GPY 212; HIS 111, 112, 125, 126;PSC 111, 112, 
210; PSY 346; and SOC 1 10, 120; plus two of the following: PSC 140, 150; HIS 271, 273, 
275, 277 or 279 (each student shall take at least one history and one political science course 
with the understanding that the two courses selected may not be on the same geographical 
area); plus one of the following: HIS 321, 322 or SOC 362 (48 credits). 

Secondary education core courses: EDU 1 10; HIS 360; SED 420, 430, 440, and highly 
reconmnended SED 280 (24-27 credits). 

Major courses: American studies, history, political science, economics, sociology or psy- 
chology (33-42 credits). 




Round-table discussions are often a part of the course structure. 

120 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK 

Sociology Froi^ ram 
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examining 
the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of 
themselves and contemporary social issues. .Sociology explores how and why people heha\e 
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is mo\ ing from 
a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to work in 
liclds where an understanding (jf the dynamics of human relationships is important. 

Di'\>n'e Requircnwuts: 

Dciiiee: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC I 10. .^ 1 1 , 42 1 , 499; 2 1 additional credits in sociology excluding internships (33 
credits). 

Minor: SOC I 10, 311. 421; three elective courses in sociology excludmg internships ( 18 
credits). 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic socit^logical perspective including the 
nature of sociel\. the influence of culture, the de\elopmenl of the self, and group d>namics. 
Specific topics include dexiance and social control, racism, sexism and po\ert>. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both ph\ sical and cultural anthropology 
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison. 
3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical 
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental exploi- 
tation, crime and delinc|uency, and emotional and ph> sical illness. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
12()i)rHON 202. 3 credits. 

211. L'rbanology. An analysis of the cUn as a unique torin oi social organization. Fri>m a 
nuilti-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the impact 
o\' urbanism on contemporary societx . Prerequisite: SOC I 10 or 1 20 or HON 202. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An o\er\ ie\s oi marriage and the famil) 
focusing upon love, male selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict 
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. I'tilizes an historical and cross-cultural 
perspective in aiklition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 1 20 or HON 202. 
3 credits. 

240. Diversity Si I nderstanding. fhe majiir objective o\ this cvuirse is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturall> deter- 



mined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent 
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ- 
ences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-cultural 
human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays and 
games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills 
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any 
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. 3 credits. 

261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary issues 
related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, stereotypes 
of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 120, or 
HON 202. 3 credits. 

277. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories of 
causation, dynamics, treatment and research. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the 
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and 
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and 
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 

perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of 
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 322.} 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 

122 



include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health 
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies, and social 
response to the Icrniinally ill patient. 3 credits. 

326. Women 's Issues, Women '.v Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and s(xial 
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; issues 
of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, and 
in the worlds of work and politics. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime.. Special attention is given to \iolent 
crime, homicide, and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and white 
collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes such as 
pornography, prostitution and drug u.se should be considered crimes is explored. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

,?,?.?. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish- 
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accu.sed, victimology, prisons, and the 
death penalty are studied. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An o\ er\ iew of the theory and research on small group 

organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective communication in 
groups, conformity and intluence. Applicalit)n oi basic principles to practical situations. 
Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 or 120, or HON 202. 3 credits. 

351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 

related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, the 
grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice mo\emeni and life after death. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or 120. or HON 202. 3 credits. 

362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. .An examination o{' the patterns of structured 

inequality in American society, including a \ariety of minorit\. racial, and ethnic groups. 3 
credits. 

352. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and the 
ellects ot the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tele\ision 
violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and images 
portra\ed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 6 credits in sixii^logs or permission. 3 credits. 

421. Social Theory. .An iiiioiisi\e e\aniinaliiMi oi the major sixriological theorists and 

Muncnients. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociologs. 3 credits. 



499. Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary sociology. 
Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student 
participation. Prerequisite: 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

Social Work Program 
The social work minor helps to prepare students for beginning professional practice in a 
variety of social work settings. The minor emphasizes the generalist approach by offering a 
solid foundation of core courses based on social work theory and practice. The program also 
provides students the opportunity to focus upon areas of personal and professional interest 
by choosing a concentration in such areas as criminal justice, family intervention, and the 
aged and aging/death and dying. 

Degree Requirements: 

No major is offered in social work. 

Minor: SOC 1 10; SWK 242, 262, 272, 33 1 ; six credits of SWK 400; one sociology elective 

(24 credits). 

Courses in Social Work (SWK): 

242. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills 
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and 
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and 
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or 
counseling. 3 credits. 

262. Social Welfare. An introduction to social welfare policies and institutions including the 
evolution of the welfare system in our society and its approach to social problems. Focuses 
upon controversies relevant to public welfare. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

272. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of 
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development 
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total person 
as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the developmental 
process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation and 
culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

331. Social Work Theory. A consideration of professional social work's knowledge, values, 
and skills base, with emphasis on generalist social work theory as it is utilized in case 
■ management. Prerequisite: SWK 242. 3 credits. 

Criminal Justice Program 
The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the Political Science and Economics 
Departments function as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 108 for 
information on this program. 



124 



Faculty 
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. 

M.S.W.. Temple University. 

Among hcricaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, small 
groups, and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of female 
students and the use of" telecommunications in higher education. 

Marianne (ioodfellow, lecturer in sociology. 
Ph.D., The I'cnnsxiviinid State University. 

Carolyn R. Hane.s, professor of sociology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University oj New Hampshire. 

Herareasof interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass media, 

and leadership. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Sharon Hall RaHleld, associate professor of sociology. 

M..S'. VV., Washini^ton University. 

Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children, and elders as well 

as policies which impact upon them. 



Rohert I). (Jingrich, adjunct instructor in social work. 

M.S.. Moravian ColU'i^e. 

His teaching specialties include child abuse, juvenile delinquency and sexual abuse. 




Stiiih'nls are <tften ene(>iiriiyeil to work in small i,'rr>/i/).v to provide lumiis-on Uaniinf; in 
interpreting actual case stiulies an J statistics. 

1 25 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

MBA PROGRAM 

The Lebanon Valley College MBA Program is an interdisciplinary program designed to 
prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organizations. 
The program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational expertise in the 
areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and production and 
service management. 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program thatcombines liberal arts/ 
general education coursework with career preparation in the field of business administration. 
The interdisciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along 
with exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corpo- 
rate and Organizational Ethics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives. 
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in 
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully. 
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville and 
Lancaster campuses. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 775 ; BUS 230, 322, 340, 361, 460; 
ECNIOI, 102; MAS 111 or 150 or 160 or 161, and 170 or 270. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27 
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865, 885; MGT 840, 850, 855, 870, 880; 
special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 775. Accounting and Financial Applications. A practical look at the financial and 
managerial areas of accounting. Emphasis will be placed on the four basic financial 
statements, analytical analysis, cost control and budgeting. In addition, case studies and use 
of current publications, such as The Wall Street Journal, will be stressed. This course is open 
to MBA students seeking to fulfill the undergraduate accounting prerequisite. It does not 
count for graduate credit in the MBA program. 

ACT 875. Managerial Accounting. Provides students previously exposed to basic financial 
and managerial accounting principles with an opportunity to study the structure and use 
accounting systems designed to aid management in controlling costs and profits. Stresses 
financial statement analysis, sources and uses of funds analysis, tax implications on 
managerial decisions, responsibility accounting and the impact of inflation. 3 credits. 

126 



ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Enlrepreneurship. intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding, and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ECN HH5. Manaf^erial Economics. Thiscourse tbcusesoneconomic planningand decision- 
making in the lirm. The study of actual problems is provided by means of case analysis and 
independent study. 3 credits. 

ENG H25. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing 
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and 
increases communicalion options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits. 
(Must be one ol the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 

HIS 840. American Business History. A historical analysis of the history of .American 
business. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research 
component. 3 credits. 

LSI* 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills. beha\ iors. attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information, 
and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT805. Einancial Policy. A quantitati\e approach to managerial problems of long term 
financing, asset management. di\idend polic>. and ethics in the firm and marketplace. 
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of The 
Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 

MCiT 815. Marketing Manaf^ement. Seminar focusing on issues in the interpla\ between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing reseiu^ch and the 
si)cial responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongK recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT820. Operations Management. S\ stems approaches to management of production and 
service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations straiegs . 
product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling and 
contrtil. and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and quantita- 
ti\e techniques of inanagement science/operations research (MS/OR), related MS/OR iix>ls 
and applicaliiMis. the priiMit\/capaciE\ iMganizational concepts and the strategs underlying 
operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 840. American Business History. .\ historical analysis of the history of .American 
business The coinse is ile\eloped through a case studs approach with a significant research 

com[ioncni. 3 civdits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. .\ sur\e\ ol persiMinel management activities 

inorgaui/atioiis nicUKlingexploraiionol recent de\ elopments m the field of human resource 

127 



management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, training, 
equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career planning, compen- 
sation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings and classroom 
lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important tc 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations anc 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. Case 
study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech- 
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operationa' 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through 
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultura 
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry intc 
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the 
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overvie\^ 
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as famiharity with the tools usee 
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues anc 
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with 
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with 
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income 
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models o1 
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Specia 
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital- 
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research 
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications 
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature ol 
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and organiza- 
tional social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organizational life 
and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 3 credits 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in areas 
of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, decision- 

128 



making, organi/.ation change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

Special Topics. Special topics courses arc presented for the examination of current issues or 
topics ol special interesi that are relevant to the MBA curriculum. These courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the catalog. MBA special topic courses can be used 
to meet MBA elective requirements.. 

MBA Administnition and Resident Faculty 
Howard I.. Applejjate, professor of history and American studies. 
I'll. I).. Syracuse University. 
Applegate teaches American business history. 

("heryl L. Batdorf, academic adviser, MBA program. 
MB. A., Lelnmon Valley College. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English. 

M.B.A., Dre.xel University. 

Bongit)vanni teaches executive communications. 

Donald C. Boone, assistant professor of hotel management. 
M.B.A.. Michigan Slate University. 
Boone teaches accounting. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 

J.D., University of Kichniond. 

Clark has .several years experience in private law practice and several years as a supers isory 

tax attorney with the Internal Revenue Ser\ ice. 

.leanne C. Hey, associate profes.sor of economics. 

Ph.D.. Lehigh University. 

Hey teaches managerial economics. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor o\' business administration. 
MB. A.. Ohio State University. 

leoiuirtl's teaching specialties incUkk' finance, production and service management, orga- 
nizational behavior and developmeiu. and labor and industrial relations. 

Hanicl R. McKinlcy, director of freshmen programs. 

A/..\.. / ni\crsit\ (>t .M(0\liinil. M.X.l.S.. Wcsleyan University. 

McKinloN maintains an interest in small group development and offers leadership laborativ 

ries for comnuinication skills de\elopment. 



I>) 



James W. Mentzer Jr., director of the MBA program, associate professor of businessi 

administration. 

M.B.A., Chaminade University. 

Mentzer teaches executive leadership. 

Barney T. Raffield III, associate professor of management. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Boston University, CPA. 

Sanderson has professional experience in accounting (public and private sectors); income 

tax; computer systems analysis and design. 

Warren K. A. Thompson, associate professor of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas. 

Thompson's teaches philosophical ethics and business and organizational ethics. 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Lehigh University, C.P.A. 

She teaches accounting and financial applications. 

Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 
MBA Admissions 
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the 
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test 
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or 
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is strongly recommended. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken quickly after all paperwork 
has been processed. 

Academic Advising and Registration 

MBA students should meet with the MBA academic adviser prior to class registration. The 
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the 
MBA adviser's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The college meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 38, 
United States Code, Section 1775. The MBA program has been approved for payment 
assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the college. 
They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants having 

130 



any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the college's veterans 
representative in the Registrar's Office. 

(jtaduation Requirements 

A candidate lor the MliA must complete a maximum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be 
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and three 
cicclivesof the student's choice (9credits) foratotal of 36credits. A candidate must achieve 
at least a 3. 00 cumulative average with a maximum of twoC's within the 36 graduate credits 
to be certified for graduation. 

Tnuisjer Credil 

A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from another 
graduate program with the approval of the MBA program director and the registrar. No 
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B. 
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used, 
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for the MBA degree may not take courses concurrentl\ at another 

educational institution w ithout prior consent of the MBA academic adviser and the registrar. 

Grculini^ 

Student work is graded A. A-. B+. B. B-. C+. C. and F. Candidates must maintain a grade 

point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and \V are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but othervsise 
satistactory. It is au arded only for substantial reason and work must be completed m the first 
eight weeks of the follow ing semester, including summer session, or I will be changed to F. 

\V indicates w ithdraw al from a course thnuigh the first 10 weeks. Thereafter, the appropriate 

letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No MBA course may be taken pass/fail. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be re\ iewed ai the c\k\ of each academic jvriixl b\ 
the MBA academic adviser. Any student w hose a\ erage tails below 3.(H) or w ho earns a C 
or 1' in throe or more credit hours nia\ be placed on academic prob.iiiiMi. .-\ student on 
acadciniv" piobatit)!! ma\ be requited to retake courses cir correct other .icademic deficiencies 
and must achie\e a 3.00 cunuilati\e a\ erage within two semesters of being placed on 
probation. .-\ student ma\ repeat a maximum iM two graduate courses with an) gi\en course 
being repeated onl\ once. Students w hi^ fail to correct deficiencies ma\ K- dropped trom the 
program. A student may appeal an\ decision of the MB.A director to the senior \ ice-president 
and dean of the tacultv. 



Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify the 
MBA adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student 
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying 
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official 
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of the MBA program is seven years from the date of the 
admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this period shall 
have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional requirements 
in order to graduate. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty 
will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is 
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the MBA program director in 
writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the MBA program director 
explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the 
course and expulsion from the MBA program and college are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the MBA Office as soon as possible. A forwarding 

address should also be given to the Postal Service. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39-380) 
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and 
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her 
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 

contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places of 
employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100% 
of tuition. Some employers authorize the college to bill them directly. In this case, students 
must present billing authorization when they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, an MBA student must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the MBA academic adviser. To apply for readmission, an 
MBA student must have the written approval of the MBA program director. 

132 



DIRECTORY 

BOARD OITKLSTLKS 
LEBANON VALLEY C0LLP:GE 

Officers 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58 Chairperson 

Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson 

Elaine G. Hackman '52 Vice-Chairperson 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Andrea F. Bromberg Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullani 'XI Treasurer 

Donald M. Cooper Assistant Treasurer 

Allan W. Mund Chairperson Emeritus 

F. Allen Ruthert'ord Jr. '37 Chairperson Emeritus 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44 Chairperson Emerita 

Trustees 
Howard L. Applegate. B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D.: Professor of History and American Studies. 
Lchamm Valley Col lef^e f 1999). 

Edward H. Arnold. li.A., L.H.D.; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Arnold Industries. 
Inc. (1999). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A.. M.B.A.: President. Lebanon Seaboard Corporation 1 1997). 

Donald M. Cooper. Retired Business E.xecutive 1 1997). 

Wesley T. Dellinger. CRS, GRI, CSP. '75. B.S.: Realtor. The Prudential Gacono Real Estate 

(1997). 

Ross W. Fasick "55. B.S.. M.S., Ph.D.: Retired Business Executive. El. DuPont de Nemours 

Si Co. (I99S). 

Eugene R. Geesey '56. B.S.: Onner/Presulent. CIB. Inc. (1998). 

Darwin G. Gliek ^S. R.S'.; Retired Presulent. Click. Stanilla and Siet^el. C.P..A. (1999). 

Martin L. Glunt/ '5.^; B.S.. M.S.. Ph.D.: Retired Vice President. Technical Sen ices. Hershey 
Eoods Corporation. (1999). 

Elaine G. Hackman '52. B .\.: Retired Business Executive (1997). 



\}} 



A.L. Hanford III, B.A.; Owner/Operator, Ladd Hanford Motors, Inc.; President, Photo- 
graphic Rotary Screen Co. (1997). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(1999). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, M.P.A., B.S.; Political Affairs Officer of the United Nations (1998). 

Erich G. Linker Jr. '70, B.S., M.B.A.; Marketing Vice President, New York Times Company 
(1997). 

Alfred S. Maloney, B.S., M.A., M. Div.; Clergy /Director, Metro Ministries (1998). 

James A. Mitchell, B.S., M.B.A.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. DuPont de 
Nemours & Co. (1998). 

Brian R. Mund, B.S., M.B.A.; Owner/President, Surphratt Investments (1999). 

Beth A. Paul '98; Student, Lebanon Valley College (1998). 

G. David Pollick, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

George M. Reider Jr. '63, B.S.; Insurance Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Department 
of Insurance (1998). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (1999). 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines 
(1998). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (1998). 

Gail A. Sanderson, B.A., M.B.A.; Associate Professor of Accounting, Lebanon Valley 
College (1997). 

ConradM. Siegel, F.S.A., B. Com., M.S.; Consulting Actuary, ConradM. Siegel, Inc. (1998). 

Morton Spector; Chairman of the Board and Treasurer, D & H Distributing Company 
(1998). 

Susan E. Verhoek, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College (1998). 

John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common Pleas, 
Retired (1998). 



134 



Albertinc P. Washington, li.A., P.O.; Elementary Teacher, Lebanon School District ( 199H). 

J. Dennis Williams, BA., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired Fastor, St. John s United Methodist 

ChiurhdW?}. 

Samuel A. Willman "67, U.S.. M.Com.: President , Delta Packaging, Inc. I J999). 
Harry B. Yosl '62. Hsq., P.S.. LL.D., LL.M.: Partner Appel & Yost (1997). 

Emeriti 

William D. Boswcll, Esq., LL.B., Ph.B.: Attorney, Boswell. Snyder. Tinlner & Piccola. 

Raymond H. Carr; President and CEO ofCignaiurc Hospitalities Limited. 

Dcwilt M. Essick '?>4,A.B.. M.S.: Retired E.xecutive. Armstrong World Industries. 

Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., D.H.L.: Chairman and President, Peerless Industries. Inc.: 
Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company: Managing Partner, Romeika, Fish and 

Scheckter. 

Arthur L. Goldberg, Esq., B.A.. J.D.: Attorney, Goldberg. Katzman and Shipman. PC. 
Thomas W. Guinivan 'T^^.A.B., B.D., D.D.: Retired Pastor United Methodist Church. 
Paul E. Horn "40, A.B., M.Div.: Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Gerald D. Kaufman '44. A. B.. B.D.. D.D.. Retired Pastor United Methodist Church: Officer 

of the Courts. County of Cumberland. 

Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.: Retired Chairman of the Board. EUicott Machine Corpora- 
tion. 

Harold S. PeitTer "42, A.B., B.D., S.T.M., D.D.: Retired Pastor. United Methodist Church: 
President. Retired L'niled Methodist Ministers of Lancostei County. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President. E.D. Phimmer Sons. Inc. 

Jessie A. Pratt, B.S.; Retired Administrative Assistant, Sancti(ms Division. City of Philadel- 
phia. 

Mel\ in .S. Rite; Retired Executive. St. Regis Paper Company. 

F. Allen Ruthertord Jr. ' M. B.S.. I.L.D.: Retired Principal. .Arthur Y(ning and Company. 

Daniel I.. Shearer 3S,.\./i., S.r..\l.. B.D.: Retired Pastor, iniied Methodist Church. 

1 35 



E. Peter Strickler '47, B.S.; President, Strickler Insurance Agency. 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.ScL; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

Charles W. Wolfe '44, B.A., M.Div.; Vice President Emeritus, Bucknell University. 

Honorary 
Felton E. May, B.A., D.D., M.Div.; Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg Area, United 
Methodist Church. 

SusanM. Morrison, fi.A., M.Div., D.Min.; Resident Bishop of the Philadelphia Area, Eastern 
Pennsylvania and Peninsula-Delaware Conferences, United Methodist Church. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Denver and 
Ephrata Telephone and Telegraph Company. 




Faculty take the time to offer individualized attention to students. 

136 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
G. David Follick, I996-. Professor of Humanities, I996-. B.A.. University of San Diei^o, 
1971: M.A.. University of Ottawa, 197 i; Hh.L, St. Haul's University. J 973; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Ottawa, I9HI. 

Andrea Folk Brotnbcrg, I992-: E.xecutive Assistant to the President. I993-: B.A.. American 
University, 1973: M.B.A., University of Montana, I97H. 

General C()llef>e Officers 
Richard F. Charles. I9HH-: Vice President f>r Advancement. I9HH-. A.B.. Franklin <£ 
Marshall Collci^e, 1953. 

Deborah R. Fullam. 19H2-: Vice President and Controller. I995-. B.S.. Uhanon Valley 
Collei^e. I9HI: MB. A.. Philadelphia Collei^e of Textiles & Science. I9HH. 

Robert \[. Hamilton, I9H6-: Vice President fir Administration. /VW- .\.B.. .\Je\siah 
CoUei^e. 1962: M.Ed.. Shippenshuri; University. 1966: D.Ed.. The Pennsylvania Stale 
■ University, 1972. 

William J. McGill Jr., 19H6-: Senior Vice Presideitt and Dean of the Facultx. I995-. A.B.. 
Trinity Colleiie, 1957: M.A.. Harvard University, 195H: Ph.D.. 1961. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-197S, I9i3is-: Vice President of Computini; and Telecommunications, 
1 995-. B.S., Elizahethtown College. 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson. 1966-: Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 199I-. 
H.A., Lehaiwn Valley College. 1963: M.Ed.. University of Toledo. 1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
William J. MeGill. Senior \'ice President and Dean of the Eaculty. 

Cheryl F. Baldort. I993-: Academic AiivisertoiheMB.\ Program. I9<^3-. B.S.. Shippenshurg 
University, I9S3: M.B.A., Lebanon Vallcv College. 1992. 

Karen I^UMier Best. /yyo-. Registrar, 1990-. B.A.. Dickinst^n College. 19S9. 

Barbara Jones Denison. I9H7-: Director of the Ixincaster Center. 1995-. B.A.. Lehanon 
\'(dley College. 1979: M..\.. University (f York. 19S1: Ph.D.. .\orth\vesteni University. 

l^KS5. 

Alice S. Diehl. /yC)6-; Technical Processes librarian. 1966-. A.B.. Smith College. 1956: 
B.S.. iiirnegie Institute of Technology. 1^5": A/.L.V.. Lfnivcrsiry of Piiishurgh. 1966. 

\ \}1 



DaleJ. Erskine, 79S5-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of Maine 
at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University 
of Oklahoma, 1981. (On leave, 1996-1997). 

Elaine D. Feather, 1989-; Director of Continuing Education, 1989-. B.S., State University 
of New York College at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of New York College at 
Brockport, 1973. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-; Dean of International Programs, 1996-. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-, B.A., University of 
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Con- 
necticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University, 
1990. 

John D. Hoke, 7994-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1994-. B.A. Mount St. Mary's College, 
1971; M.A., 1975. 

Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Materials 
Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Maria Wagner Jones, 1994-; Coordinator, Lebanon Valley College Science Education 
Partnership, 1994-. A.A., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1991; B.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1993. 

Patricia K. Laudermilch, 1987-; Assistant Registrar, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1996. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Director of Academic Support Programs, 1990-. A.B., 
Duquesne University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972. (On 
leave, 1996-1997). 

Leo Mazow, 1996-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery, 1996-. B.A., University of 
Denver, 1986; M.A., University of Colorado, 1989; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill, 1996. 

Daniel B. McKinley, 1988-; Director of Freshmen Programs; Coordinator of Lebanon 
Valley Educational Partnership, 1995-. B.S., United States Coast Guard Academy, 1968; 
M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University, 1973; M.A., University of Maryland, 1982. 

James W. Mentzer Jr., 1994-; Director of the MBA Program, 1994-. B.B.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1983; M.B.A., Chaminade University, 1988. 

138 



Donna L. Miller, I9H6-: Readers' Service Lihrarian, I9H6-. 8.S.. Millersville University. 
I9H4: li.A.. Lchaium Valley Collefie. 1993: M.L.S.. Drexel University. 1986. 

W Robert Paustian, I99J-: Librarian. J99J-. li.A., University of Missouri. 1971: M.A.. 
University of Kansas. 1975: M.A.. University oj Missouri. 1979. 

Ann M. Snuilowil/, 1994-: Acailemic Adviser for Continuing Education. 1994-. U.S.. East 
Stroudshurii University. 19H3. 

Susan S/ydlowski, 1995-: Director of Special Music Proi^ranis, 1995-. li.A. Colby College, 
I9()9. 

D. Darrell Woonier. I992-: Chaplain. I992-. Interim Director of the Honors Proi>ram. 
I996-. li.A.. Juniata Collei^e. 1964: M.Div.. Pittshuri>h Theoloi^ical .Seminary. 1969: Th.M.. 
1972; M.A.. Duquesne University. 19H6: Ph.D.. 1996. 

Enrollment and Student Services 
Gregory G. Slanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Judy Agaoglii, 1993-: Ctfunselinf^ Psycholoi^ist. 199 i-. B..\.. University of Kentucky. 1962: 
■ M.S., Hahnemann University, 1984. 

Lcuiise Answ ine, 1993-: Counselini^ Psycholoi^ist. 1993-. B.A.. Muhlenhiiri^ Collei^e. 19S4: 
M.S.. Millersville University. 19H9: C.A.C.. P.C.A.C.B.. 1993. 

Susan Borelli-Went/el. 1990-: Assistant Director of .Admission. 1992-. B..\.. .Alhrii^ht 

Colle,i:e. I9S9. 

Mark A. Bre/itski. 1986-: Assistant Director of Admission. 1995-. B..A.. Shippenshun; 
University. /y.S'5. 

William J. Brown. Jr., I9S()-: Dean of .Admission and Financial .Aid. 1993-. B..A.. Lwhanon 
Valley Collei^e. 1979: M.B.A.. Philadelphia Collefie (f Textiles and Science. I9SS. 

Donna (Vnlolanli. /W6-, Hall Dircdor. I996-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley Collei^e. 1995. 

David C. Evans. 19iSl-: Director of Career Plannint; and Placenuni. NS9-. B..A . Slippery 
Rock University, 1969: M.Ed.. Rutf^ers University, 1970. 

Jenniter Dawson Evans. 1991-: Director of Student .Activities and the C(>llei;e Center. 
1995-. B.S.. Kan.uis State Ihiiversity, 1989: M.S.. Shippenshuri; L'niver.uiy. /W/. 

Vicki Gingrieh. l9i-)4-: .Adviser to lnternati(>nal Snulenis. 19Q4-. B.S.. .\tans(u'ld Univvrsiry. 
1975. 



}^) 



Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Associate Director of Admission, 1991-. B.S. in Ed., Millersville 
University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966. 

David W. Heeter, 1996-; College Physician, 1996-. D.O., Philadelphia College of Osteo- 
pathic Medicine, 1991. 

Winston Horshaw, 1996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.S. Shippensburg University, 1994. 

JohnT.Hower,79SS-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; M.A., 
Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Linda Hower, 1993-; Counseling Psychologist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; 
M.S.W., Temple University, 1992. 

Pauline Kreider, 7995-; Staff Nurse, 1995-. R.N. Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1960. 

Terri Gable Lloyd, 1993-; Director of E.H. Arnold Sports Center, 1993-. B.S., Slippery Rock 
University, 1980. 

Gary A. Luken, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., University of Cincinnati, 1977. 

Dawn E. Murray, 1995 -; Admission Counselor, 1995-. B.A., Millersville University, 1995. 

David W. Newell, 1992-; Assistant Dean of Student Services, 1992-, B.A. Heidelberg 
College, 1987; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 799i-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

Mindy Fames, 7995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., State University of New York, 1989. 

Jennifer Peters, 1994-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 1996-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992. 

Heather L. Richardson, 1991 -; Assistant Director of Admission and Financial Aid Counse- 
lor, 1995-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1989. 

Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Director of Financial Aid, 1995-. B.A., Allegheny College, 
1994. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Admission Counselor, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Kimberly A. Saunders, 1996-; Multi-Cultural Adviser/Assistant Director of Student Activi- 
ties, 1996-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1996. 

Robert Simmons, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Wilkes University, 1993. 

140 



Jon Wcslcoll, 1996-: Hall Director, I996-. li.A.. U'hanon Valley College. 1993. 

Juliana/. Wollc, 1975- I97H: 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-. 
R.N., Diploma, St. Jo.seph'.s Ho.spital, J 963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, I973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991 -. U.S., hick Haven University. 
I96(): M.hd.. West Chester University. 1970. 

Advancement 
Richard I-. Charles, Vice President for Advancement. 

Shanna G. Atller, 1992-; Actini^ Director of Alumni Programs. 1996-. B.S.. Bucknell 
University, 1992. 

Fllen H. Arnold. I9SS-: Director of Development. 1991 -. B.A.. Bucknell University. 1964. 

C. Paul Brubaker Jr., I9S9-: Director of Planned (jivini^. B.S.. Franklin and Marshall 
Collci^e, 1952: M.B.A., Wharton Cradiiate School. University of Pennsylvania. 1955. 

John B. Deanrier Jr., 19H6-: Director of Sports Infornmtion and .Athletics Development. 
1 992-. B.A., UiSalle University. I9H5. 

Mary Belli Mower, 1990-: Director of Media Rclatitms. 1993-. B.A.. .Messiah Collei^e. 1990. 

Pamela V. Lamherl, \9^1-:Assistcuil Director of Annual Givuiii. i99()-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley 

Collci^c. 199(). 

Carolyn A. l.au\er, I992-: Director of Annual Clivini^. 1992-. .Associate Director of 
Development. 1996-. B.Mus.. Collei^e Misericordia. 1963. 

Jane Marie Pahuia, h^i-M)-: Aclinii Director of CoUciic Relations. I996-. B..\.. .Moriivian 
Collci^e. I9S(). 

Ju(.ly Pehrson. 19S9-: P.xeiiitive Direiior of Collei;e Relations. 1994-. B..\.. L niversity of 
Michiiian, I96S: A/..\., 1972: Certificate for Teachini^ Pni^lish as a Sec(>nd Luini^ua^e. 
Trinity Colleiie, London, 1993. (Fulhriiiht Profes.sor m China 1996-1997). 

Diane F. Wenger, 19S9-: Director <f .Alumni Pnti^rams. I9Q2-. B..A.. Lebanon Valley 
Colleiie, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity, 1994. (On leave 1996-1997). 

flniiinicil .Xffciir.'i 
Deborah R. lullam. \ ice President and Controller. 

Ben D. Oreskmieh. 1994-: .Assistant Controller. I994-. AS. Danville Area Contmuniry 
College. 1990; B.S., The Penn.sylvania State University. 1993. 

^ 141 



David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1977. 

Computing and Telecommunications 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications. 

Sheryl A. Campbell, 1996-; Assistant Director of Administrative Computing, 1996-. B.A., 
Elizabethtown College, 1992. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Administrative Computing, 1986-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1977. 

Crystal L. Egan, 1996-; User Support Specialist, 1996-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1988. 

Matthew P. Sinapoli, 1995-; Networks Manager, 1995-. A.S., Pennsylvania College of 
Technology, 1991; B.S., Bloomsburg University, 1994. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 7 990-; Director of User Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1979; M.S., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Maintenance, 1994-. 

Robert E. Hamish, 1967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon 
College, 1966. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

George F. Lovell Jr., 1988-; Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, 1988-. 

James P. Monos, 1986-; Assistant Director of Athletics for Recruitment and Retention, 
1992-. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Gary V. Nolan, 7996-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1994. 



142 



Louis A. Sorrcniino, 197 1 -: Director oj Athletics, I9HI-. B.A.. Lebanon Valley, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University. 1961. 

Kathleen '["ierncy, I9SJ-; Associate Director oJ Athletics. Coordinator of Summer Sports 
Camps. I9HH-. U.S.. State University of New York at Brockport. 1979. 

Kevin R. Yeiser. I9S2-: Director of Grounds. I9H2-. 

Allen R. Yingst. I9H9-: Director of Security and Safety. 1990-. 

Athletics 

John Gergle, /994-,- Baseball Coach. I994-. 

Peg A. Kautfman. /W.^, Women's Basketball Coach. /99J-. B.A.. Millersville University. 
19S7: M.Ed. 1991. 

Lawrence M. Larthey. /9.SVS'-,- VV/y'.s7////,i,' Coach. I9S<S-. B.S.. Lebamm Valley Collei;e. 1972. 

Brad 1-. MeAlester, 1994-: Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-. B.A., Southampum College of 

Lony, Island University. 1975. 

James P. Moni)s Jr.. I9S6-: Football Coach. 19H6-: Assistant Director of Athletics for 

Recruitment and Retention. I992-. 

CHff Myers. /99-;-.- Head Tennis Coach. 1994-. 

Wayne Perry. 19S7-: \V<mien's Volleyball Coach. 19S8-. B.S.. Lebamm Valley College. 

I97S. 

Mark Piilisie. /992-; Head .Soccer Coach. /99.-f-. 

O. Kent Reed. 197 1 -: Men 's Track and Field Coach. Men 's and Women 's Cross-Country 
Coach. 1971-. B.S.. Otterbein College. 1956: M.A.. Eastern Kentucky University. 1970. 

Robert Simmons. 1 996-: Assistant Basketball Coach. 1996- : B.A.. Wilkes L'niversity. 1996. 

Louis A. .SiMientiiui. Director of .Athletiis. 1971 -: Coif Coach. 1989-. 

James H. Stark. 19S6-; Athletic Trainer. 19S6-. B.S.. Lock Haven University. 19SJ: .M.Ed.. 
Shippenshurg University. 19S6. 

Kathleen NL Tierney. 1*^)8.^-; .Associate Director (>f .Athletics. Coordinator of Summer Spttrts 
Camps. I9SS-: Field HockeyCnuh. 19SJ-. 



14,^ 



FACULTY 

Active ^* 

Howard L. Applegate, 1983-; Professor of History and American Studies. Chairperson of the {^ 

Department of History and American Studies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse , 
University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986- ; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; , 
M.A., 1967; M.5.W., Temple University, 1994. 

I 

9 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.Ed., (Elementary Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., r 
Temple University, 1987. 



Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of English. 
B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 



Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Temple University, " 
7977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1996. i 

t 
Donald C. Boone, 1988- ; Associate Professor of Hotel Management. B.A., Michigan State * 

University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966. I 

Leslie E. Bowen, 1993-; Lecturer in Art, Convener/Administrator of the Department of Art. ^ 
B.S.A., Moore College of Art, 1972; M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art, 1993. ^ 

r 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., '* 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. (^ 

Andrew J. Brovey, 1994-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Bloomsburg University, ^ 
1979; B.S., 1980; M.S., Lehigh University, 1985; Ed.D., 1994. 

D. Eugene Brown, 1983-; Professor of Political Science. B.S., Western Illinois University, 
1969; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1973; Ph.D., 1982. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971 -; Professor of Religion and History. Director of the American 
Studies Program. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., 
Duke University, 1972. 

Michael A. Camann, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Biology. A. S., Northern Virginia Commu- 
nity College, 1987; B.S., George Mason University, 1989; Ph.D., University of 
Georgia, 1995. 

Lee A. Chasen, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bloomsburg 
University, 1989; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1995. 

144 



Sharon F. Clark, 7986-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Richmond, 
1969; J. I)., 1971. 

Richard D. Cornelius, I9H5-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of 
Chemistry. B.A., Carlcton Collci^c, 1969; Ph.D.. University of Iowa. 1974. 

Salvalore S. Cullari, I9H6-: Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Psy(hoh>i^y. B.A.. Kcan Collci^e, 1974: M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976: Ph.D.. 19H1. 

Donald B. Dahlbcrg, I9H0-: Professor of Chemistty. B.S.. University of Washington. 1967: 
M.S., Cornell University. 1969: Ph.D.. 1971. 

Michael A. Day, 19H7-: Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of Physics. 
B.S., University of Idaho. 1969: M.A., 1975. Ph.D.. 1977. University of Nebraska I Philoso- 
phy). M.S.. 197H. Ph.D.. 19H3. University of Nebraska (Physics). (On leave. 1996-1997) 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-: Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State University. 
1990: M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Consenatory of .Music. 1992: D.M.A., 1996. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-: Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S.. Tennessee Technologi- 
cal University. 19S5: M.S.. Memphis State University. 19<SS: Ph.D.. 1992. 

PhyHsC. Dryden, I9H7-: Associate Professor of English. B. A. .Atlantic Union College. 1976: 
M.A.. State University of New York at Albany. 19S5: D.A.. 19SS. 

Scotl H. Eggert, 19H3-: Associate Professor of Music. B.F.A.. University of Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee). 1971: M.A.. University of Chicago. 1974: D.M.A.. University of Kan.sas. l'^S2. 

Dale J. Erskine, 19Sj)-: Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B..A.. 
University of Maine at Portland. 1974: M.A.. Stale University of New York at Buffalo. 1976: 
Ph.D.. Universilx of Oklahoma. I9SI. (On leave. 1996-1997) 

?m\cK\¥..\\ , 1996-: Assistant Professor of .\rt. B..\.. The College of William and Maiy. 19S0: 
M.F.A.. University of Massachusetts. I9S7. 

Michael D. Iry. /V<S'.->-. Pr(fessor of Mathematical Sciences. B..\.. Immaculate Heart 
College. I97>: Ph.D.. Universitx of Illinois. I9S0. 

Marianne (.uHKileliow. h>9l)-: Lecturer in Socittlogv. B..\.. Stiile University (f .\ew Yi'rk at 
riallshiugh. 1979: M.A.. The Pennsylvania State University. 19S2: Ph.D.. 19^5. 

Michael A. Cuella. I9SI)-: Pr(fess<>r of Education. Chairperson of the Department of 
Educiuion. B.A.. St. Mary's Seminary mid I nivt-rsity. hK^S: .\/..\.. West \'irginia L niversity. 
1970: Ed.D.. 1974. 

\ 

\ 145 



Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990- ; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bates College, 1977; 
M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 
(On leave, Spring 1997) 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Sociology and Social Work. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., University of 
New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Stacy A. Hazen, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 1991; 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, 1971 -; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A., 
Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Robert H.Hearson, 1986-; Associate Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; 
M.A., 1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983. 

John H. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. Chairperson of the Department of Religion 
and Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 
1971; Ph.D., 1976. 

Paul A. Heise, 1991 -; Associate Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social 
Research, 1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Associate Professor of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 1954; 
M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. (On leave. Fall 1996) 

Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Assistant Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording 
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. 

J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., 
University of Delaware, 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department of Foreign 
Languages. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., City University of New York, 
1979. 

Richard A. Joyce, 1966-; Associate Professor of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952; M.A., 
San Francisco State College, 1963. 

146 



John F. Kearney. 197 1-: Professor of English. li.A., Si. Benedict's College. 1962; M.A., 
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, I96H. 

Mary L. Ix'moiis, I996-: Assistant Profcssorof Music. U.S., University of Illinois at Urbana- 
Chimipaii^n: M.S.. 1990: IaI.D.. 1996. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1 9HH-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of 
the Dcpariincni of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis 

School (it InilusUial Relations. 197H:M.B.A.. OhioState University. 19H6. (Onleave. Sprint; 1997) 

Louis Manza, \9^5-\ Assistant Professor of Psycholof>y. B.A.. State University of New York 
at Bini^hamum, I9HH; M.A., Brooklyn Colic j^e. 1991; M. Phil.. City University of New York. 
1991: Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowic/., 197 1 -: Professor of Business Administration. A.B.. Duquesne Univer- 
sity, 1964: M.A.. Univcrsiix of Pennsylvania, I96H: Ph.D.. 1972. (Onleave. 1996-1997) 

G. Daniel Massad, 19S5-: Artist-in-Rcsidence. B.A., Princeton University. 1969: .M.A.. 
University of Chicaf>o. 1977: M.F. A.. University of Kansas, 19H2. 

Joerg W. P. Mayer. 1970-: Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. Math.. University of 
C lessen. 1953: Ph.D.. 1954. 

' Mark L. Meehani. 1990-: Professor of Music. Chairperson ofthe Department of . Music. B.M.. 
University of Utah, 1976; M.M.. I97H: D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

19S5. (On leave. Fall 1996) 

Owen A. Moe Jr.. 1973-: Professor of Chemistry. B.A.. St. Olafs College. 1966: Ph.D.. 

Piiritiic I 'nlvcrsily. 197 1 . 

Philip G. Morgan. 1969-: .Associate Professor of Music. B..\f.F.. Pilishurg Stiile L'niversity 
(Kansas). 1962: M.S.. 1965. 

John D. Norton. 197 1 -: Professor of Political Science. Chairperson of the Department of 
Political Science and Fconomics. B.A.. University of Illinois. 1965: M..-\.. Florida State 
University. 1967: Ph.D.. American University. 1973. 

Mary K. Pettice. 1994-: Assistant Professor of English. B..\.. Illinois Wesleyan University. 
19S2: M..S.. Univer.'iity of Illinois. 19S3: M.A. I9S6: Ph.D.. University of Houston. 1994. 

Sidne> i'oilaek. I97('>-: Pnfcssitr of Biology. B.A.. .\ew York L'niversity. 1963: Ph.D.. 
University of Pennsylvania. 1970. 

Kevin H. Pry. /W/-; Lecturer in English. B.A.. Lchamm Willev College. 1976: M.A.. The 
Penn.'iylvania State University. 19S0; Ph.D.. I9S4. 

147 



Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., 
Southern Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967. 

O. Kent Reed, 197 1-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. Director of the Physical 
Education Program. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

Suzanne Caldwell Riehl, 1982-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1979; M.M., Westminster Choir College, 1982. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Director of General Education. B.A., Juniata 
College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971. 

Steven M. Specht, 1989-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., State University of New 
York at Oswego, 1982; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1987; Ph.D., 1988. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-; Associate Professor of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; M.A., 
New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. (On leave, Spring 1997) 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Instructor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1975. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Assistant Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and 
Secondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

LindaL. Summers, 199 1-; Instructor in Education. B.S., BallState University, 1972; M.A., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.M., 
University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-; Associate Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity University, 
1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

MarkA.Townsend, 1983-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Na- 
zarene College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de 
Cordoba, 1986; M.A., Washington University, 1991. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; M.A., 
Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

148 



Barbara S. Vlaisavljcvic, 1 987-; Assistant Professor oj Accounting, 19HH. B.A.. Lehigh 
University, 1979; M.B.A., 19H5. 

Carl T. Wigal , / 99.^ -; Assistant /'ro/essor of ( 'hcmistry. A . S. , College of Mount Saint Joseph. 
I9H4; U.S., University of Cincinnati. I9H6: I'h.l).. Miami University. Ohio. 1990. 

Stephen i;. Williams, I973-: Professor of Biology. B.A.. Central College. 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966: Ph.D.. Washington University, St. lj)uis. 1971. 

Paul L. WoH, I966-: Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. B.S.. 
Elizahelhtown College, 1960; M.S., University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D.. I96H. 

Allan I'. Wollc. I96H-: Professor of Biology. B.A.. Gettysburg College, 1963: M.A.. Drake 
University. I96S: Ph.D.. University of Vermont. I96H. 

Sharon L. Worlcy, 1994-: Lecturer in Accounting. B.A.. San Jose State College. 1963. 

Kenneth Yarnall, \996-, Assistant Professorof Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South Carolina 
College. I9H6: Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. 

Andres Zamora, 1 992-: Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Universidad Complutense de 
Madrid, 19H4: M.A., Auburn University, 1986; M.A., University of Southern California, Los 

Angeles. 19S9: Ph.D.. 1994. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albreeht. 1973- 1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B..A.. .\orthern 
Baptist College. 1952: M.A.. Michigan State University, 195S: Ph.D.. 1972. 

Richard C Bell. 1966- I9S7: Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S.. Lebanon 
Valley College. 1941; M.Ed.. Temple University, 1955. 

JaniesO. Beniesderfer. 1959-1976; Chaplain Emeritus. A.B.. Lebanon \'alleyC(illege. 1936; 
M.Div.. United Theological Seminary. P^39: S.T.M.. Lutheran Theological Seminary. 
Philadelphia. 1945: S.T.D., Temple University. 1951. 

I'loise I'. Brown, /W)/-/V<S'7,- Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.LS. Simmons 

College. P>46. 

VoorhisC .(. anlrell. I'-UhS- l'-/W2: Professor Emeritus <f Religion and Creek. B.\., Oklahoma 
(Ity University. 1952; B.D.. Southern .Methodist I 'niversity. 1956: Ph.D.. Boston University. 

1967. 

D. Clark Carinean. 1933-1972: Director Emeritus if .\dmissions. .■\.B.. Ohio Wesleyan 

University. Pi26: A/..\., Columbia University. 1932. 



149 



Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1985. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College 
Emeritus. A. B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1943; 
Ph.D., Yale University, 1954. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1958. 

Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951; M.S. M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M. D., Eastman 
School of Music, 1967. 

KlementM. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal Conser- 
vatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal College 
of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; D.M.A., 
University of Oregon, 1977. 

June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1943; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1954. 

Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and 
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School; 
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941; 
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple University, 
1967. 

150 



Anna I), labcr McVay, 195^-1976; Professor Emeriia of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College. I94H: M.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1950: Ph.D.. 1954. 

H. Anthony Neidig, I94H-I9H5: Professor lime ritus of Chemistry . B.S.. Lebanon Valley 
Collciie, 1943: M.S.. University of Delaware. 1946: Ph.D.. I94H. 

Agnes II O'DoniiL'li. 1961 - I9H7: Professor Lmerita ofEn/^li.sh. A.li.. ImmacuUita Collef^e, 
I94S: M.P.d.. Temple University. 1952: M.A.. University of Penn.sylvania. 1967: Ph.D.. 

1976. 

J. Robert O'Donnell, 196I-/9S7: Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S.. The 

Pennsylvania .Stale University, 1950: M.S., University of Delaware. 1953. 

(ieraki J. Petroles. I963-19HH: Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Educatitm. B.S.. 
Kent .State University, I95H: M.Ed.. 1962. 

Sara H. Piel, 1960-1975: Professor Emerita ofForeii^n luinf^uages. A.B., Chatham College. 
192H: M.A., University of Pittsburgh. 1929: Ph.D.. 1938. 

Jacob L. Rhodes. 1957- 1 9H5: Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S.. Lebanon Valley College. 
1943: Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania. I95H. 

Malin Ph. Saylor. 1961-19S0: Professor Enu-rita of French. 19S5. Fil Kand.. Universities of 
Upsala and Stockhohn. 193S. 

Ralph S. Shay. I94H-I95I: 1953- 1 9H4: Professor Emeritus of History and .Assistant Dean 
of the Collei;e Enwritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College. 1942: A.M.. University of Pennsyl- 

vcinia. 1947: Ph.D.. 1962. 

Robert W. Smith, 1951-19S3: Professor Enwritus of Music. B.S.. Lelnuum \ alley College. 
1939: M.A.. Columbia University. 1950. 

John A. S\nodinos. 19SS-1996: President Emeritus. B.S . Lovola College. 1959: .M.S.EJ.. 

lemple University. 1977. 

James M. I hurmond, 1954-1979: I'Tofessor Emeritus of Music Education and Brass. 
Diploma. Curtis Institute of Music. 193 1 : .A. B.. American iniversit\. 1*^5 1 : .\f..\.. Catholic 
I'niversity, 1952: Mus.D.. Washington College of Music. 1944. 

C. F. Joseph Ti>ni. 1954- 19S9: Professor Emeritus (\t Economics. B..A.. Hastings Cttllege. 
1944: M.A.. Univer.sity of Chicago, 1947: Ph.D.. 1963. 

Horace W. Toiisley. 1081-1045; .As.sociate Profess(n- Emeritus (f .Mathematical Sciences. 
AH.. Ripon College. 1951: M.S. I.E., {OR) LIniversity of .Alabama, 1970. 



LSI 



Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 1944; 
B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Glenn H. Woods, 1 965- 1 990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 



Adjunct 
Mark E. Achtermann, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Beloit 
College, 1985; M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1990. 

Robert W. Biddle Jr., 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Hotel Management. B.S., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1977; M.S., 1988. 

Svetlana A. Bird, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Russian. M.A., Moscow State Pedagogical 
University, 1981. 

Melissa Hoffman Bittinger, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1988; M.A., Miller sville University, 1994. 

Anthony L. Blair, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., Shippensburg University, 
1993. 

James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola Univer- 
sity, 1968; M.A., 1971. 

Robert J. Bookmiller, 1995-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A. Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, 1985; M.A., University of Virginia, 1989; Ph.D., 1992. 

TheresaYohnBo'wley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 1981; 
M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Teresa M. Bowers, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Susquehanna 
University, 1973; M.S., Ohio State University, 1974. 

MarthaleeT. Brod, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 1967; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985. 

Jason P. Casey, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.F.A., University of Memphis, 
1989; M.S. 1992. 



152 



I'rwin P. Chandler, 1 97H-; Adjunct Assistant Hrojessoroj Music. B.S., Ithaca College. J966; 

M.M., Indiana University. 1971 . 

Jane Crabtree, I993-; Adjunct htstruc tor in Business Administration. 8. A., Monmouth 
CoUci^c, 1964: M.A., Northwestern University. I96H: M.B.A., Boston Collef^e. 1977. 

CJregory I.. Davis, I99I-: (iraduale Adjunct Assistant Professor of Accounting. 8.A.. 
Geltyshur,i^ Collei^e. I9HI : M.li.A.. York CoUei-e of Pennsylvania, I9HH. 

Robert W. Dell, I994-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of ReHi>ion. B.A.. McPherson College, 
1961: M.Div.. Hethanx Iheoloi^ical .Seminary. 1964: Ph.D.. Drew University. 1976. 

riniolhy M. Devvald, I9H9-: Adjunct Instructor in Malhenuttical .Sciences. B..A.. Dickinson 
CoUciic. 1971): M.Div.. Andover Newton Theoh>iiical School. 1975. 

. Joseph DiSanto. I992-: .Adjunct Instructor in Lni^tish. B.S.. St. Joseph's University. 1967: 
Department of Defense Information Officers' School. 1969: M.A.. Annenber^ School of 
Comttnuucations. University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdnian II, 19S.^-: Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

riiuothy M. Hrdnian, 19SS-: .Adjunct Instructor in Music. 8.S.. Temple University. 1970. 

Dennis N. Hshlenian, I9,S5-: Adjumt Assistant Professor of Marketini:. .\1.B..\.. Columbia 
University. 1977. 

' William k. lislier, I99I-: Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.S.. Millersville University. 
1954: M.Ed.. Temple University. 1964. 

Judilli A. l-orsler. 1993-: .Xdjunct Instructor in Eni^lish. B.A.. Millersville University. 1987: 
M.A.. Millersville University. I9H8. 

Rita Clargotta. 1994-: .Adjiimt Instructor in Spanish. B.S . West Chester State College. 1972: 
M..\., 1976: Diplonui. ['niversityofSavtlle. 

' Hdwaid R. (iilbeit. /W-/-.- .\djuni t Assisimit Professor ,>f Psycholi>!i;y. B..\.. Dickinson 
('(>//< T,'*'. I'-K>7: M.S.. The Pennsylvania Siiiie L 'niversitx. I95S: Ed.D.. Temple University. 1965. 

Roheil I) (iingneh. 19S5-: Ailjunct Instructor in Social Work. .M.S.. .Moravian College. 1968. 

Alien J (Ireifiei. l9'-)4-: .Xdjunci lnstruci(>r in Physics. B.S.. Carnegie .Mellon University. 
I9(,l: .M.S.. Eranklin and. Marshall College. 1972. 

Donald ('. Hoepler. 1992-: .Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B..A.. LelHtmm Valley College, 
I9S9; .MA.. I'hc Pennsylvania State University. 1990. 

153 



Tara J. Hottenstein, 1 996-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995. 

CynthiaR. Johnston, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987. 

Cynthia L. Kirchoff, 1994- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Franklin and 
Marshall College, 1972; M.A., University of South Florida, 1976; M.A., University of 
Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1986. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Adjunct Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College, 
1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

Walter Labonte, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968; 
M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Leonie Lang-Hambourg, 1992-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of German. Diplom, Munchener 
Dolmetscherschule; M.A., University of Oregon, 1976. 

David W. Layman, 1993 -; Adjunct Instructor inReligion. A.B., University of Chicago, 1977; 
Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

James W. McArdle, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., University of Scranton, 
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995. 

James Miller, 1989- ; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

William Robert Miller Jr., 1995-; Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

JosephD. Mixon, 199 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; M.M., 
Combs College of Music, 1990. 

John F. Nau Jr., 1 993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., United 
States Military Academy, 1962; M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1971. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Harry Owens, 1994-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. B.S., University of Scranton, 
1975; M.S., 1976; J.D., University of Detroit School of Law,, 1986. Lieutenant Colonel, 
United States Army. 

JudyPehrson, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of English. B.A., University of Michigan, 
1968; M.A., 1972; Certificate for Teaching English as a Second Language, Trinity College, 
London, 1993. (Fulbright Professor in China 1996-1997) 

154 



Joseph li. Peters, I974-: Adjunct Associate Hrofessor of Psychology. Ph.D., The Pennsylva- 
nia Stale University. 1973. 

I'li/.abeth A. Rohrbach, I995-: Adjunct lnstru( tor in Relif^ion. B.A.. Klizahethtown College. 
IWI : M.Diw. Princeton iheolo^^ical Seminary. 1994. 

Victoria Rose, 199.^-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. H.M.. Peahody Consenatory 

of the Jolins Hoi>kin\ University. 1972: M.M.. Towson Slate University. 1994. 

Ann LaBar Riissek. I99J-: Adjunct Instructor in pMi^lish. B.A.. Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania. /9SS: M.P.A.. University of Alaska Anchoraf^e. 1993. 

- Kirk W. Scibert, 1991 -: Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B..\.. The Pennsyl- 
vania State University. 1969: M.S.. Cornell University. 1973: D.S.W'.. University of 
Pennsylvania. I9H2. 

Robert Sieniers, I995-: Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M.. Southern Illinois University. 
1979: M.M.. Pastman School of Music. I9HI. 

Donald P. Snyder, 1 993-: Adjunct Instructor in History and .American Studies. M.A.. The 
Pennsylvania State University. 1993. 

William F.Stine III, I9H9-: Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S.. Lebanon \'cdle\ College. 1969: 
' M.A.. West Chester University. 1975. 

Pord S. Thompson. I9(S5-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psycholcyyy. A/..A.. George 
' Washiniiton University. 1967. 

Anna F. Tilberg, I9S2-: Adjunct Instructor of Bioloi;y. B..\.. University of Pennsylvania. 

1969. 

Barbara Tremitiere, 1 994-: Adjunct Assistant Profes.sorof.Socioloi>y. H..A.. .Miami University 
of Ohio. 1961: M.S.W.. [hiiversity of Pitt.<ihur}ih. 1963: Phil. Unicm Institute. 1992. 

I liii-Piang (JelT) Tsai, 19SS-: Adjuiut Assistant Projes.sor of Business Administration. M.S. 
(Statistics). Florida State University. 1971: M.S.( Economics). 1974: Ph.D.. 1976. 

Richard J. rusluip, 19S'^>-: .Adjunct .Assistant Projes.wr of Psycholoi^y. .A.B.. St. \incent 
Seminary: M.A.. 1971: Ph.D.. University of DeUnvare. 1977. 

Pamela C Wallace. /^W)-. .Adjiaut Instructor in Reli}:ion. B..A.. Capital L'niversily. 1978: 
A/./\.. l.uthercui Theoloiiical Seminary cU Gettysburg. t9S0: M.Div.. 1995. 



Diane E. Wenger, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of History and American Studies. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1992; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1994. (On leave 
1996-1997) 

R. Gordon Wise, 1973-; Adjunct Professor of Art. Ed.D., University of Missouri, 1970. 

Christina G. Wolfe, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in History. M.A., The University of 
Pittsburgh, 1992. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Director, Martin Krummerman, M.D.; Program 
Director, Perla Simmons, M.P.A;, M.T.(ASCP),S.H. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Program Director, 
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP) 

Polyclinic Hospital ofHarrisburg: Director, Frank R. Rudy, M.D. ; Program Director, Marcy 
Anderson, M.S., M.T.(ASCP) 

Reading Hospital and Medical Center: Director, I. Donald Stuard, M.D.; Program Director, 
Sharon Strauss, CLS(NCA)M.T.(ASCP) 

Sacred Heart Hospital: Medical Director, James M. Chiadis, M.D.; Program Director, 
Deborah A. Schwab, M.T.(ASCP) 




Dr. Raffield discusses an assignment with a student. 
156 



COI.LKGK SUPPORT STAFF 

hihorah L. Atkins Development Office 

Susan R. Aungst Librar> 

I'liyllis C. Baschore President of the College Office 

Barbara U. Batz Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Marilyn li. Bocshorc Alumni Office 

Dorothy A. Brchni Business Office 

Donna L. Bricklcy Computing and Telecommunications Office 

Jo Lynn Brummcr Annual Giving Office 

Jiicly I:. Burger Humanities Departments 

Vicki J Cantrcil Financial Aid Office 

Miiiiika lid wards Continuing Education Office 

( iiKiiccl'alger Science Education Partnership Office 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office 

Cheryl A.George MediaCenter 

Susan M. Greenawalt Continuing Education Office 

I rncstinc R. Hanney Continuing Education Office 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Alice L. Kohr Student Serv ices Office 

Constance W. Kershncr Development Office 

Charlene R. Kreidcr Ad\ancement Office 

( i Roz Kujovsky Chaplain "s Office 

IV'Ligy Lane College Relations Office 

I )Lh()rah L. Lcrchen Administration Office 

Rose E. Livingston Arnold Sports Center 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Julie R. Nornhold Business Office 

Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller OtTices 

( indy A. Plasterer Admission Office 

c hiistine M. Reeves De\elopment Office 

Shirley C. Ritter Print Shop and Mail Services 

Sally A. Rivera Biology and Psychology Departments 

Ann Safstrom Music IX'partment 

Denise D. Sanders Mathematical Science IX-partmeni 

Denise N. Smith English, international Programs. Six.iolog\. and General Education 

Patricia A. Schools Career Planning and Placement Office and Student Activities 

Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant 

Gloria J. Shutter Library 

Barbara A. Smith Senior Vice President and Dean of the Facult> Office 

lngebi>rg M. Snoke IXnclopment OfTice 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

Llla K. Stoit Library 

Pamela J. Stoudt Library 

1 mda L. Summers Registrar's Office 

Iv'unie C. Tenney Buildings and Grounds Office 

Nancy J. Waile Education Department 

Beverly Yingst Arnold Sport Center 

Susan B /earing Admission Ofllce 



157 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, is 
selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, students, 
faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was presented 
through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Wirth, M.B.A. , 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David L Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members of the 
college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee was 
Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the college 
named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four years ol 
inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Enghsh 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 



158 



- ACCREDITATION 

•' l.chanoii Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle 

^ Slates Association ofColiet'es and Schools. 

i iebanoii Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the 

-- National Association ol Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society. 

«£ Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list ol the Regents ol the State University of New 

_-- York aiitl olthe American Association of University Women. 

% 

^ Lebanon Valley C\)llege is a member of the lollowing: American Association of Colleges; 
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities: Pennsylvania Foundation 
J^ lor Independent Colleges; College Ljilrance Lxaminalion Board; College Scholarship 
^ Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; .Middle 
"^ Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central 
^^ Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference. 

^ NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

-^^ Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis ot race, color, national and ethnic 
^^ origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or handicap. 

^ STUDENT RETENTION 

J^ Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office of 
^ the Registrar. 



% 
^ 



% 
% 



rioduciion of this catalog is iiiulci the ili reel ion ol the KcgiNlKii ^ Oil ice. IuUmuki- 
tion ittcludeil iscorrect as of the date of publication. Une\[vcted changes ma\ ivcur 
during the course o\' the academic \ ear; therefore, the listing of a course or program 
in this cat;ilog iloes not constitute a guarantee or contract that the particular course 
o\ piogiam uill be offered during a gi\en \ear. 

Ai! iiiloi inalion is eiMiecl as of Aucusi I. I^'^>('> 



159 



CAMPUS MAP 




ACADEMIC & ADMINISTRATIVE QUADRANGLE 20. 

1. Humanities Center and Administrative Offices: Academic 21. 
Departments: English Department, Foreign Languages Depart- 22. 
ment. History & American Studies Department, Political Science 23. 
& Economics Department, Religion & Philosophy Department, 24. 
Sociology & Social Work Department. Administrative Offices: 
Business Office, Vice President c& Controller, Continuing Educa- 
tion, Copy Center, Mail Room, MBA Office, Media Services, 25. 
President, Registrar, Secretary of the College. Security & Safety, 
Telephone Services, Senior Vice President & Dean of the Faculty, 26. 
Vice President for Administration 27. 

2. Blair Music Center: Music Department, Education Department, 28. 
Art Department, Lutz Recital Hall, Music Recording Technology 29. 
Studios 30. 

3. Miller Chapel: Chaplains' Office, Chapel, Classrooms 31. 

4. Lynch Memorial Hall: Intercollegiate Athletics, Emmett C. Roop 
Management Department Wing. William H. Lodge Mathematical 
Sciences Center, Computer Services Department, Lynch Gym 32. 

5. Maintenance Shops 33. 

6. Garber Sciences Center: Biology Department, Chemistry De- 34. 
partment. Physics Department, Psychology Department 35. 

7. Vernon and Doris Bishop Library 36. 

8. Carnegie Building: Admission and Financial Aid 37. 

9. LaughlinHall Advancement Offices: Alumni Programs, Annual 38. 
Giving, College Relations, Development, Planned Giving 

10. Wagner House: Student Services Offices 39. 

11. Friendship House: Residence Hall 40. 

12. Pencil Building 50. 

13. Derickson Hall A and B: Student Apartments 

RESIDENTIAL QUADRANGLE 51. 

14. Allan W. Mund College Center: Conference Services, Dining 52. 
Halls. Leedy Theater, Student Activities Offices, Career Planning 53. 
& Placement, College Store, WLVC 54. 

15. Mary Capp Green Residence Hall 55. 

16. Vickroy Residence Hall . 56. 

17. Keister Residence Hall 57. 

18. Hammond Residence Hall 58. 

19. Funkhouser Residence Hall 



Silver Residence Hall 
North College Residence Hall 
Shroyer Health Center 
Sheridan Avenue Residence Hall 
Centre Residence Hall 

ARNOLD SPORTS & RECREATION COMPLEX 
Edward H. Arnold Sports Center: Indoor Track, Pool, 
Recreational Facilities, Physical Education 
Henry & Gladys Arnold Field 
Soccer Field 
Baseball Field 
Hockey Field 
Tennis Courts 
Softball Field 

OTHER FACILITIES 
Kreiderheim: Guest and Conference Facility 
Benjamin Cantor Entrance 
South Campus Entrance 
Bollinger Plaza 
Heating Plant 

Annvlile United Methodist Church 

The Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery: Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery, 
Zimmerman Recital Hall 
Maintenance Offices 

Frank Aftosmes House: Middle Atlantic Conference 
Henry and Gladys Arnold Field 

PARKING LOTS (41 - 49) • AREA STREETS 
Heisey Road 
To U.S. 22, 1-81 and 1-78 
Sheridan Avenue 
To Palmyra and Hershey 
North White Oak Street/PA 934 
To Lebanon and Reading 
Main Street/U.S. 422 
College Avenue 



160 



INDEX 



Acaclctnic dishonesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 132 

AcadcMiic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 130 

Accounting program 

courses 37 

department 37 

faculty 45 

Accreditation 159 

Actuarial science program 

courses 76 

department 76 

faculty 82 

Admissions 

undergraduate full-time 4 

undergraduate part-time 5 

continuing education 5 

graduate 130 

Adiniruslration 137 

\d\;uiceil placement 12 

\llicil hcailli science 

cooperative program 24 

Antcrican studies program 

courses 71 

department 71 

faculty 75 

•An program 

courses 29 

department 29 

faculty 30 

\ssociale ilegrees 7 

Ailcndance policy 1 1 

Auditing policy 10 

* liaccalaureatc degrees 7 

biochemistry program 

courses 34 

rei|uircmcnls 34 

' Kmlogy program 

courses 31 

department 31 

faculty 35 

' Business program 

courses 40 

* department 37 

faculty 45 

* Calendar 164 

Certificate programs 5 

* Challenge examinations 13 

(licmistry program 

' courses 48 

department 47 

faculty 50 

CI i;i' ' 13 

' t 'liege supptirt staff 157 



Communication program 

courses 58 

department 58 

faculty 62 

Computer science program 

courses 78 

department 76 

faculty 82 

Concurrent courses 1 1 

Cooperative programs 24 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 1 1 

external II 

repetition of 1 1 

descriptions 29 

Courses, graduate 126 

Credit for life exjXTience 14 

Criminal justice courses 108 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 126 

Deans list 15 

Departmental honors 16 

Diploma programs 5 

Economics program 

courses 106 

department 104 

faculty 109 

Education program 

courses 52 

depanment 52 

faculty 57 

Elementary education program 

courses 53 

depanment 52 

faculty 57 

Engineering cooperative 

program 24 

English program 

courses 59 

department 58 

faculis 62 

Environmental studies 

ciMiperaiive program 24 

External summer courses II 

Faculty 144 

Finances, student 4 

line arts courses 21 

Foreign languages program 

courses 64 

depanment 64 

facult> 69 

Foreign study t>ppt>rtunilies 28 

lon"sir> ciH^perative 

prv^gram 24 



French program 

courses 65 

department 64 

faculty 69 

General education program 

courses 19 

requirements 19 

General studies program 

requirements 26 

Geography courses 56 

German program 

courses 66 

department 64 

faculty 69 

Grade point average 14 

Grading system 14 

Graduation honors 15 

Graduation requirements 

undergraduate 8 

graduate 126 

Health care management program 

courses 42 

requirements 42 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 24 

History program 

courses 72 

department 71 

faculty 75 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

Honors program 

courses 23 

Hotel management program 

courses : 43 

department 37 

faculty 45 

In-Absentia 12 

Independent study 27 

Individualized major 26 

Interdisciplinary courses 22 

International business program 44 

Internship policy 26 

Knisley teaching awards 158 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Lindback teaching awards 158 

Literature courses 58 

Map of campus 160 

Mathematical science program 

courses 79 

department 76 

faculty 82 

MBA program 

academic policies 130 

admission 130 

concurrent courses 131 

courses 126 

faculty 129 



financial aid 132 

grading system 131 

privacy of student records 132 

refund policy 132 

requirements 126 

review procedure 131 

time restriction policy 132 

transfer policy 131 

withdrawal policy 132 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 25 

Military science program 

courses 85 

department : 84 

faculty 85 

requirements 85 

Mission statement 3 

Music education courses 93 

Music program 

courses 87 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Music recording technology program 

courses 93 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Non-traditional credit policy 13 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 28 

Washington semester 28 

Officers, general college 133 

Pass/fail policy 1 1 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 16 

Philosophy program 

course 117 

department 115 

faculty 118 

Physical education program 

courses 98 

department 98 

faculty 99 

Physics program 

courses 101 

department 100 

faculty 102 

Placement examinations 

undergraduate 12 

Political sciences program 

courses 104 

department 104 

faculty 109 

Pre-law program 25 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 25 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 17 

Profile of the college 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 35 



162 



I'sychology program 

courses 1 1 1 

department 1 10 

lacully 113 

Kcadmission policy 12 

KcIuirI jiolicy 

tiiulcrjiraduale 4 

yraduale 132 

Kcgistration, change of policy 10 

kcli^ion program 

courses 1 15 

department 1 15 

laculty 1 18 

kcpctilKiri of courses 

undergraduate 1 1 

kOI'C 84 

Russian program 67 

Science 

courses 50 

Second bachelor's degree 12 

Secondary education program 

courses 55 

department 52 

lacully 57 

Scrvicemembers opportunity 

college (SOC) 18 

Sociology program 

courses 121 

department 121 

lacully 125 

Social wDrk program 

courses 124 

ilepartment 1 2 1 

laculty 125 

Social studies program 120 

Spanish program 

courses 68 

ilepartment 64 

laculty 6^ 

Special topics courses 28 

Study abroad 28 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher ceriilication lor 

non-inalnculaleil stuilenis 18 

Icacher ceriiricalion lor 

matnculaled siudenis 55 

I lansler policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate I.M 

liusiees. Board of 133 

Tutorial study courses 27 

\ eteran's services 17 

\\ ashingioii semester 28 

W iihdraw al privedure 

undergraduate 1 2 

•jraduate 132 



PHONE numbp:rs 


College Offices'' 




Academic Otfices 


6208 


Acadcniic Support Program 


6249 


Admissions 


6181 


Business Office 


63m 


Career Planning & Placement 


6235 


College Center 


6161 


College Store 


6313 


Computer Lab (general) 


6(J67 


Computet Science Lab 


6()88 


Continuing Hducation 


6213 


Dean of Student Services 


6233 


Financial Aid 


6181 


Registrar 


6215 


Safet\ and Securit\ 


6111 


Vice president/dean of facult\ 


6208 


Acadcniic Offices 


* 


American Studies 


6356 


Art 


6015 


Biology 


6175 


Business Administration 


6101 


Chemistrv 


6140 


Economics 


6330 


Education 


6305 


English 


6240 


Foreisin Laniiuaize 


6250 


History 


6355 


Honors Program 


6210 


Mathetiiaiical Sciences 


6080 


Music 


62:'5 


Philosophy 


6 1 30 


Physical l-Jucation 


6364 


Physics 


6150 


Political Sciences 


6330 


Ps\cholo>:\ 


6195 


Reliizion 


6130 


SiKMolonx 


6155 



* A I fit cihic "/ '. piiftx S67. 



163 



1996 - 1997 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



First Semester 



August 



October 



November 



December 



24 

24 

24 

25 

26 

26 

27 

4-6 

9 

11 

18 

18 

22 

25-27 

1 

27 

2 

6 

6 

7 

7-13 
13 
19 



Sat. 

Sat. 

Sat. 

Sun. 

Mon. 

Mon. 

Tue. 

Fri. -Sun. 

Wed. 

Fri. 

Fri. 

Fri. 

Tue. 

Fri. -Sun. 

Fri. 

Wed. 
Mon. 
Fri. 



Fri. 

Sat. 

Sat.- 

Fri. 

Thu, 



Fri. 



9 a.m. 

10 a.m. 

2 p.m. 
Noon 

1 -4 p.m. 
6:30 p.m. 
8 a.m. 

Noon 

4 p.m. 

5 p.m. 
5 p.m. 
6:30 p.m. 

5 p.m. 

3 p.m. 
8 a.m. 
5 p.m. 

5 p.m. 



5 p.m. 
Noon 



Residence halls open for new students 
First Year Experience 
Opening Convocation 
Residence halls open for students 
Add/drop day 
Evening classes begin 
Day classes begin 
Family Weekend 
Mid-term grades due 
Presidential Inauguration 
Incomplete grades due 
Fall break begins 
Classes resume 
Homecoming Weekend 
Last day to change registration or with- 
draw from a course 
Thanksgiving vacation begins 
Classes resume 

Last day for first-semester freshmen to 
withdraw from a course 
Classes end 

Final examinations for Weekend Colleg 
Final examinations for day classes 
Semester ends 
Final grades due 



Second Semester 

January 12 Sun. Noon Residence halls open 

13 Mon. 9-11 a.m. Add/drop day 

13 Mon. 1p.m. Classes begin (labs only) 

13 Mon. 6:30 p.m. Evening classes begin 

February 18 Tue. 11a.m. Founders Day 

21 Fri. 5 p.m. Spring vacation begins 

March 3 Mon. 8 a.m. Classes resume 

5 Wed. Noon Mid-term grades due 

7 Fri. 5 p.m. Incomplete grades due 

21 Fri. 5 p.m. Last day to change registration or with- 
draw from a course 

26 Wed. 9:30 p.m. Easter vacation begins 

31 Mon. 6:30 p.m. Classes resume 

May 1 Thu. 5 p.m. Last day for first-semester freshmen to 

withdraw from a course 

1 Thu. 9:30 p.m. Classes end 

2-8 Fri. -Thu. Final examinations 

8 Thu. 9:30 p.m. Semester ends 

9 Fri. Noon Senior grades due 

10 Sat. 9 a.m. Baccalaureate service 
10 Sat. 11a.m. 128th Commencement 
16 Fri. Noon All final grades due 



164 



Lebanon Valley College Non-Profit 

Annville,PA 17003-0501 Organization 

, POSTAGE PAID 

Address Correction Requested Permit No 9 



Annville, PA 17003 



Mrs. Deborah R. Fullam 
Humanities . 104 -B